Océ OP30C - Printer

OP30C - Printer Océ - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free OP30C Océ in PDF.

📄 161 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question 10 questions ⚙️ Specs
Notice Océ OP30C - page 2
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.
Product Type Color Copier / Printer
Brand Océ
Model OP30C
Dimensions (approx.) 600 mm (W) x 600 mm (D) x 500 mm (H)
Weight (approx.) 75 kg
Power Supply 120 V, 10 A
Paper Capacity 500 sheets per drawer (2 drawers standard), 150-sheet multi-bypass tray
Copy Speed Not specified
Zoom Range 25% to 400%
Color Modes Full Color, Auto Color Selection (ACS), Black & White, Mono-color (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue)
Image Quality Modes Text & Photo, Text, Photo, Printed Photo, Map, Eco
Special Functions Duplex (2-sided), Gloss mode, Color Balance, Color Hue, Sharpness, Booklet, Poster, Page Numbering, Margin, Erase, Invert, Mirror, Transparency backing, Insert sheets, Sort, Layout (2-in-1, 4-in-1), Program mode
Maintenance Replace toner containers and waste toner tank; clean charger; replace oil roller after approx. 25,000 copies
Safety Features Auto shut-off, energy-saving preheat, caution labels for high temperature and high voltage
Optional Equipment Document Finisher, Paper Feeder, Memory Copy Board, Printer Kit, Fax Kit, Network Scanner Kit

Frequently Asked Questions - OP30C Océ

How do I load paper into a drawer?
Pull out the drawer, open the paper feed unit, adjust the guide plates to fit the paper size, load paper with the copy side facing down, close the feed unit, and push the drawer back in. Up to 500 sheets can be loaded.
How do I replace a toner container?
Open the front cover, press the release lever and pull out the old container. Shake the new container 5 times, insert it until it locks. Replace the waste toner tank each time you replace a toner container.
What causes black lines on copies and how do I fix it?
Black lines may indicate a dirty charger. Clean the charger by pulling out the green cleaning shaft 3-5 times, then use the supplied grid cleaner on the main charger. Repeat pulling the cleaning shaft 5-7 times after cleaning.
How do I make duplex (2-sided) copies?
Press the Duplex/Page Separation key, then select the appropriate 2-sided copy mode (e.g., from 2-sided original, from book, from 1-sided originals). The optional duplex unit is required.
Can I print envelopes?
Yes, with the optional printer kit. Set up to 10 envelopes on the multi-bypass tray with the flap closed and print side up. Select the envelope size under 'Prt. exclusive paper' in the paper select menu.
How do I replace the waste toner tank?
Open the front cover, pull out the paper conveyor, press the release lever and remove the waste toner tank. Seal the opening with the cap from the new tank, insert the new tank, and push the conveyor back in.
What is the auto clear function?
The auto clear function returns the copier to initial mode settings about 90 seconds after copying stops. It does not change the exposure or image quality mode. You can continue copying with the same settings if you start before the function engages.
How do I adjust the color balance?
Press the Color Edit key, select 'Color Balance' using the cursor keys, then adjust the intensity of cyan, magenta, yellow, or black. You can increase or decrease each color individually.
What should I do if a paper jam occurs?
Check the misfeed location indicator on the display. Open the appropriate cover (left cover, front cover, or drawer), gently remove the jammed paper, and close the covers. Follow the removal procedures in the manual for specific locations.
How do I set the copier to save energy?
Press the Energy Saver key to activate preheat mode. The copier will enter a low-power state. You can also adjust the auto shut-off time in the machine default settings to turn off the copier after a period of inactivity.

User questions about OP30C Océ

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Printer in PDF format for free! Find your manual OP30C - Océ and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. OP30C by Océ.

USER MANUAL OP30C Océ

Océ | Operations Guide

E n g l i s h v e r s i o n

Océ OP30C - Océ | Operations Guide - 1

natural_image Exterior view of a modern office software (no signage)

Océ OP30C

Operations Guide

Océ OP30C - Océ OP30C - 1

This Operation Guide is for the KM-C830 and KM-C830D copiers.

The instructions contained herein are based on the KM-C830 standard copier (for 1-sided copies only) and KM-C830D duplex copier (for 2-sided copies).

- Standard equipment

KM-C830: Two 500-sheet capacity drawers

KM-C830D: Duplex Unit and one 500-sheet capacity drawer

NOTE:

This Operation Guide contains information that corresponds to using both the inch and metric versions of this copier. When the difference in a message is only one of upper- and lower-case spelling, we have listed the information as it specifically pertains to the inch version of this machine. When there is even a slight difference in the message, we have listed the information for the inch version followed, in brackets, by the corresponding information for the metric version.

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the Publisher.

  • It may be prohibited to copy copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
  • It is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or foreign currencies.
  • Copying other items may be prohibited.

Image quality adjustment samples

One-touch selection of the image quality, for example "Vivid" or "Calm", is possible according to the type of copy image you want.

(See "3. One-touch image quality adjustment" on page 5-3 for the actual setting procedure.)

● "Modulation" setting selected
Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 1

natural_image Lush trees covered in pink flowers in a park with green ground and bare trees (no text or symbols visible)

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 2

● "Calm" setting selected
Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 3

natural_image Assorted fresh vegetables including bell peppers, carrots, and tomatoes arranged on a white surface (no text or labels visible)

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 4

● "Light" setting selected
Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 5

natural_image Field of sunflowers with yellow centers and green leaves (no text or symbols visible)

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 6

●Original ●Original ●Original
Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 7

natural_image Lushroom scene with pink blossoms on trees and a path covered in green grass (no text or symbols visible)

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 8

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 9

natural_image Assorted fresh vegetables including carrots, tomatoes, and cucumbers arranged on a white surface (no text or labels visible)

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 10

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 11

natural_image Field of sunflowers with yellow centers and green leaves (no text or symbols visible)

Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 12

● "Smooth" setting selected
Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 13

natural_image Spring park scene with blooming pink trees and green ground, no visible text or symbols

● "Vivid" setting selected
Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 14

natural_image Assorted fresh vegetables including broccoli, carrots, and tomatoes arranged in rows (no text or labels visible)

● "Heavy" setting selected
Océ OP30C - Image quality adjustment samples - 15

natural_image Field of sunflowers with yellow centers and green leaves (no text or symbols visible)

NOTE:

Samples in this operation guide were created in order simply to indicate the different effects of each function, and the resulting colors will, therefore, differ somewhat from the actual copies made with this copier.

Color balance adjustment samples

If the overall color of the copies appears reddish or yellowish, etc., the overall color balance can be fine-adjusted by increasing or decreasing the intensity of each of the colors: cyan, magenta, yellow or black.

(See "4. Adjusting the color balance" on page 5-4 for the actual setting procedure.)

●Original
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 1

natural_image Autumn forest scene with vibrant red, yellow, and green foliage against a clear blue sky (no text or symbols visible)

●Yellow intensity increased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 2

natural_image Autumn landscape with vibrant red, yellow, and green foliage against a clear blue sky (no text or symbols)

●Magenta intensity increased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 3

natural_image Autumn landscape with vibrant red and orange foliage against a blue sky, no text or symbols visible

●Cyan intensity increased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 4

natural_image Autumn landscape with vibrant red, yellow, and green foliage against a blue sky and rocky foreground (no text or symbols)

●Black intensity increased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 5

natural_image Autumn landscape with vibrant red, yellow, and green foliage against a clear blue sky (no text or symbols visible)

●Yellow intensity decreased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 6

natural_image Autumn landscape with vibrant red, yellow, and green foliage against a blue sky and rocky shoreline (no text or symbols)

●Magenta intensity decreased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 7

natural_image Autumn landscape with vibrant red, yellow, and green foliage against a clear blue sky (no text or symbols)

●Cyan intensity decreased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 8

natural_image Autumn forest scene with vibrant red, yellow, and orange foliage against a clear blue sky (no text or symbols visible)

●Black intensity decreased
Océ OP30C - Color balance adjustment samples - 9

natural_image Autumn landscape with vibrant red, yellow, and green foliage against a clear blue sky (no text or symbols)

NOTE:

Samples in this operation guide were created in order simply to indicate the different effects of each function, and the resulting colors will, therefore, differ somewhat from the actual copies made with this copier.

Gloss mode samples

Select the gloss mode when you want to make high-gloss copies.

(See "2. Gloss mode" on page 5-2 for the actual setting procedure.)

●Original
Océ OP30C - Gloss mode samples - 1

natural_image Assorted fresh fruits including pineapple, watermelon, grapes, and apples (no text or symbols visible)

●Gloss mode selected
Océ OP30C - Gloss mode samples - 2

Océ OP30C - Gloss mode samples - 3

natural_image Colorful assortment of fruits including pineapple, watermelon, grapes, apples, and bananas (no text or symbols visible)

Color hue adjustment samples

It is possible for you the change the color hue and create copies of interesting colors. For example, turns reds into reddish-yellows or yellows into yellow-greens. (See “5. Adjusting the color hue” on page 5-5 for the actual setting procedure.)

①“Y-B” and a minus value selected... Greens near yellow are intensified towards yellow, and magentas near blue intensified towards blue.
Océ OP30C - Color hue adjustment samples - 1

natural_image Colorful pencil tip arrangement in a row, with a dashed box highlighting the top portion of the image (no text or symbols)

●Original
Océ OP30C - Color hue adjustment samples - 2

natural_image Row of colorful pencils in a gradient color range (blue, yellow, green, pink) against white background, no text or symbols visible.

②“Y-B” and a plus value selected... Reds near yellow are intensified towards yellow, and cyans near blue intensified towards blue.
Océ OP30C - Color hue adjustment samples - 3

natural_image Colorful pencils arranged in a row, with a dashed box highlighting the top section (no text or symbols)

NOTE:

Samples in this operation guide were created in order simply to indicate the different effects of each function, and the resulting colors will, therefore, differ somewhat from the actual copies made with this copier.

Sharpness adjustment samples

Adjusting the sharpness setting makes the contours of the image softer or sharper, as appropriate. (See “6. Adjusting the sharpness” on page 5-7 for the actual setting procedure.)

●Original
Océ OP30C - Sharpness adjustment samples - 1

natural_image Colorful paperclip samples arranged in a pile on a white background (no text or symbols visible)

●Sharpness setting increased
Océ OP30C - Sharpness adjustment samples - 2

Océ OP30C - Sharpness adjustment samples - 3

natural_image Colorful paperclip samples arranged in a scattered pattern (no text or symbols visible)

●Original ●Sharpness setting decreased
Océ OP30C - Sharpness adjustment samples - 4

natural_image Colorful paperclip samples arranged in a pile on a white background (no text or symbols visible)

Océ OP30C - Sharpness adjustment samples - 5

Océ OP30C - Sharpness adjustment samples - 6

natural_image Colorful paperclip fragments scattered on a white background (no text or symbols visible)

NOTE:

Samples in this operation guide were created in order simply to indicate the different effects of each function, and the resulting colors will, therefore, differ somewhat from the actual copies made with this copier.

Please read this Operation Guide before using the copier. Keep it close to the copier for easy reference.

The sections of this guide and parts of the copier marked with symbols are safety warnings meant to protect the user, other individuals and surrounding objects, and ensure correct and safe usage of the copier. The symbols and their meanings are indicated below.

Océ OP30C - Please read this Operation Guide before using the copier. Keep it close to the copier for easy reference. - 1

DANGER: Indicates that serious injury or even death will very possibly result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with the related points.

Océ OP30C - Please read this Operation Guide before using the copier. Keep it close to the copier for easy reference. - 2

WARNING: Indicates that serious injury or even death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with the related points.

Océ OP30C - Please read this Operation Guide before using the copier. Keep it close to the copier for easy reference. - 3

CAUTION: Indicates that personal injury or mechanical damage may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with the related points.

Symbols

The symbol indicates that the related section includes safety warnings. Specific points of attention are indicated inside the symbol.

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 1

...... [General warning]

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 2

...... [Warning of danger of electrical shock]

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 3

...... [Warning of high temperature]

The ⊗ symbol indicates that the related section includes information on prohibited actions. Specifics of the prohibited action are indicated inside the symbol.

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 4

...... [Warning of prohibited action]

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 5

...... [Disassembly prohibited]

The ● symbol indicates that the related section includes information on actions which must be performed. Specifics of the required action are indicated inside the symbol.

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 6

...... [Alert of required action]

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 7

...... [Remove the power plug from the outlet]

Océ OP30C - Symbols - 8

[Always connect the copier to an outlet with a ground connection]

Please contact your service representative to order a replacement if the safety warnings in this Operation Guide are illegible or if the guide itself is missing. (fee required)

An original which resembles a bank note closely may not be copied properly in some rare cases because this copier is equipped with a counterfeiting prevention function.

Section 1

IMPORTANT! PLEASE READ FIRST. .. 1-1

CAUTION LABELS 1-1

INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS 1-2

PRECAUTIONS FOR USE 1-3

Section 2

NAMES OF PARTS 2-1

  1. Main body 2-1

  2. Operation panel 2-3

●Initial mode 2-5

●Auto clear function .....2-5

●Automatic drawer switching function .....2-5

Section 3

PREPARATIONS 3-1

  1. Loading paper 3-1

(1) Note when adding paper....3-1

(2) Loading paper into a drawer ....3-1

(3) Setting paper on the multi-bypass tray .....3-3

- Setting the paper size for the multi-bypass tray ....3-4

- When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray ....3-5

●When printing onto envelopes ......3-6

  1. Replacing the toner containers and the waste toner tank 3-8

  2. Cleaning the charger 3-11

  3. Replacing the oil roller 3-13

Section 4

BASIC OPERATION.... 4-1

  1. Basic copying procedure ....4-1

Section 5

COLOR COPY SETTINGS 5-1

  1. Mono-color mode 5-1

  2. Gloss mode....5-2

  3. One-touch image quality adjustment .....5-3

  4. Adjusting the color balance....5-4

  5. Adjusting the color hue 5-5

  6. Adjusting the sharpness 5-7

Section 6

FUNCTIONS 6-1

  1. Making enlarged and reduced copies ....6-1

(1) Auto magnification selection mode ......6-1
(2) Zoom mode 6-2
(3) Preset zoom mode....6-2
(4) XY zoom mode 6-3

  1. Interrupt copying ....6-5

  2. Making duplex (2-sided) copies from various types of originals [2-sided copy modes]....6-6

(1) Making duplex (2-sided) copies from a 2-sided original ....6-6
(2) Making duplex (2-sided) copies from an open-faced (books, etc.) original....6-6
(3) Making duplex (2-sided) copies from one-sided originals ....6-7

  1. Copying two-page originals onto separate sheets [Page separation modes] 6-9

(1) Page separation from book originals .....6-9
(2) Page separation from 2-sided originals .....6-9

  1. Making a margin space for binding [Margin mode] 6-11

(1) Left margin 6-11
(2) Top margin 6-11
(3) Front & back margin 6-11

  1. Making copies with clean edges [Border erase modes]....6-15

(1) Erasing blemishes from edges of copies (Sheet erase mode) 6-15
(2) Erasing blemishes from the edges and middle of copies made from books (Book erase mode)....6-15
(3) Selecting the erasing area (Custom erase mode)....6-15

  1. Inverting black and white AND colors [Invert mode] 6-17

  2. Making mirror image copies [Mirror image mode]......6-18

  3. Printing page numbers on copies [Print page numbers mode]....6-19

  4. Feeding paper as a backing sheet for OHP transparencies

[Transparency + backing sheet mode]......6-21

(1) Copying onto the backing sheet ......6-21
(2) Leaving the backing sheet blank 6-21

  1. Preparing presentation materials to go with transparencies [Presentation mode]....6-23

(1) Copying onto the backing sheet ......6-23
(2) Leaving the backing sheet blank 6-23

  1. Adding covers and separation inserts to your copy sets [Insert sheet modes]....6-26

(1) Insert sheet modes 6-26
● Cover mode 6-26
●Separation insert mode....6-27
(2) Making copies with the insert sheet modes ...6-28

  1. Making one copy from either two or four originals [Layout modes] 6-32

● 2 in 1 6-32
● 4 in 1 ...... 6-32

  1. Making booklets, etc. from sheet originals [Booklet mode] (Only available in duplex copiers)....6-34

  2. Making booklets, etc. from book originals [Book to Book mode] (Only available in duplex copiers)....6-36

  3. Making both black & white AND color copies at the same time [BW/Selection mode]....6-38
  4. Enlarging the image and printing it out onto multiple sheets [Poster mode] 6-39
  5. Copying different sized originals onto one size of copy paper [Filing mode] 6-41
  6. Memorizing frequently used settings [Program function] ......6-43

(1) Registering a program 6-43
(2) Using programmed settings to make copies 6-44

  1. Confirming copy settings (Recall function) ......6-45
  2. Sorting automatically [Sort mode] 6-46
  3. Rotate copy function 6-47
  4. Energy-saving preheat function 6-47
  5. Auto shut-off function 6-48

●More about the auto shut-off function .....6-48

Section 7 COPIER MANAGEMENT .... 7-1

  1. Copy management ....7-1

(1) Copy management procedure table .....7-1
(2) Accessing the copy management procedures ....7-3

(3) Performing copy management procedures .....7-4

●Registering new department codes .....7-4
●Deleting department codes 7-5
●Changing copy limits 7-6
●Clearing copy counts 7-7
●Printing out the department code list .....7-8
●Checking the copy counts 7-9
●Printing out the copy management list .....7-10
●Turning copy management ON/OFF 7-10

(4) Making copies when copy management is turned ON 7-11

  1. Default settings 7-12

(1) Copy default settings 7-12
(2) Accessing the copy default settings .....7-16

① Exposure mode 7-17
② Exposure steps 7-17
③ Auto exposure adjustment (color) .....7-17
④ Auto exposure adjustment (b/w) .....7-17
⑤ Mixed original density 7-18
⑥ Text original density 7-18
⑦ Print original density 7-18
⑧ Photo original density 7-18

⑨ Map original density 7-19
⑩ Copy mode 7-19
⑪ Original quality 7-19
⑫ Default drawer (b/w) 7-19
⑬ Default drawer (color) 7-20
⑭ Copy limit 7-20
⑮ Margin width 7-20
⑯ Erased border width 7-20
⑰ Custom erase size 7-21
⑱ Insert tray 7-21
⑲ Sort mode ON/OFF (Output form) .....7-21
⑳ Eject destination .....7-22
②1 ACS adjustment 7-22
②2 Auto color adjustment 7-22
②3 Drum refresh 7-23
⑳ Rotate sort ON/OFF 7-23

(3) Machine default settings 7-24

(4) Accessing the machine default settings .....7-27

① Status report print out 7-28
② Auto drawer switching ON/OFF 7-28
③ Auto shut-off ON/OFF 7-28
④ Special paper location 7-28
⑤ APS for special paper ON/OFF 7-29
⑥ Color copy paper location 7-29
⑦ Auto preheat time 7-29
⑧ Auto shut-off time 7-29
⑨ Display contrast adjustment .....7-30
⑩ Management PIN code 7-30
⑪ Silent mode ON/OFF 7-30
⑫ Day & time 7-30
⑬ Checking the total counter 7-31
⑭ Counter report print out 7-31
⑮ Type of paper 7-31

  1. Changing the language used for messages .....7-32

Section 8 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT .... 8-1

(1) SRDF (Sheet-thru Reverse Document feeder) ..... 8-1

●Acceptable originals 8-1
Notes on acceptable documents 8-1
- Names of parts ....8-1
●Setting originals in the SRDF 8-2
●Setting originals on the platen 8-3
●Auto selection mode 8-3

(2) Paper Feeder 8-4
(3) Document Finisher....8-4
(4) Memory Copy Board 8-4
(5) Key Counter 8-5

●Setting the Key Counter 8-5

(6) Printer Kit 8-5
(7) Fax Kit....8-5
(8) Network Scanner Kit 8-6

Section 9

TROUBLESHOOTING 9-1

  1. If one of the following messages is displayed....9-1
  2. If paper jams 9-4

(1) Misfeed location indicators 9-4
(2) Cautions....9-4
(3) Removal procedures....9-5

  1. If other trouble occurs .....9-16

Section 10

●Cleaning the original cover 10-1
●Cleaning the platen 10-1

  1. Specifications....10-2
  2. Installing the optional equipment .....10-3

Appendix: Functions and settings combination chart .....10-5

● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS

1 Having the copier automatically select paper of the same size as the original (Page 4-2)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 1

text_image Diagram showing transformation of flower patterns into fruit-like shapes, with arrows indicating progression.

2 Various functions for making enlarged and reduced copies

■Enlarging/reducing copies to a specified drawer size (Page 6-1)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["8½" X 11" (A4)"] --> B["11" X 17": 129%"]
    A --> C["5½" X 8½": 64%"]
    B --> D["(A3)"]
    B --> E["(A5)"]
    B --> F["(70%)"]
    C --> G["≥WW~"]
    C --> H["≥WW~"]

■Enlarging/reducing copies to a desired size between 25% and 400% (Page 6-2)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 3

geo | Category | Value (%) | |---|---| | Top Right Square | 25 | | Bottom Right Triangle | 400 |

■Using the one-touch keys to select the magnification ratio (Page 6-2)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 4

text_image Inch 400 200 154 129 121 78 77 64 50 Metric 200 400 127 141 127 106 90 75 70 50

■Enlarging/reducing the length and width separately (Page 6-3)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 5

text_image M → M 120% 80%

3 Making clear reproductions of photographs (Page 4-3)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 6

natural_image Three-panel image showing a flower with stems and leaves, one blank and two partially filled (no text or symbols)

4 Making duplex (2-sided) copies from various types of originals <2-sided copy modes> (Page 6-6)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 7

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    B --> C["3"]
    C --> D["4"]
    D --> E["5"]
    E --> F["1"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

5 Copying two-page originals onto separate sheets (Page 6-9)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 8

text_image 12→12

6 Creating a margin on the copies (Page 6-11)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 9

text_image A → A

7 Making copies with clean edges (Page 6-15)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 10

text_image Diagram showing a document transforming into a blank document, with leaf icons indicating text content.

8 Inverting black and white AND colors (Page 6-17)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 11

text_image Diagram showing transformation of flower patterns into carrot and eggplant shapes, with arrows indicating progression.

9 Making mirror image copies (Page 6-18)

Océ OP30C - ● MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 12

natural_image Simple line drawing of a sleeping cat inside a rounded square, transforming into a simplified version (no text or symbols)

MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS

10 Printing page numbers on copies (Page 6-19)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["A"] --> B["B"]
    A --> C["C"]
    A --> D["D"]
    B --> E["-->"]
    C --> E
    D --> E
    E --> F["1-"]
    E --> G["-2-"]
    E --> H["-3-"]
    E --> I["-4-"]

11 Feeding paper as a backing sheet for OHP transparencies (Page 6-21)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 2

text_image A B

12 Preparing presentation materials to go with transparencies (Page 6-23)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> C["1"]
    B["2"] --> C["1"]
    D["3"] --> E["2"]
    D["3"] --> F["3"]
    G["1"] --> H["2"]
    I["2"] --> H["2"]
    J["3"] --> K["1"]
    J["3"] --> L["2"]
    J["3"] --> M["3"]

13 Adding covers and separation inserts to your copy sets (Page 6-26)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 4

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> C["2"]
    B["3"] --> C["4"]
    D["4"] --> E["5"]
    E["5"] --> F["1"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

14 Making one copy from either two or four originals (Page 6-32)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 5

flowchart
graph TD
    A["3D Card with Spades"] --> B["4D Card with Hearts and Clubs"]
    C["3D Card with Diamonds"] --> D["4D Card with Hearts and Clubs"]

15 Making booklets, etc., from sheet originals (Page 6-34)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 6

text_image a b a b

16 Making booklets, etc. from books (Page 6-36)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 7

text_image 8 1 → 8 1

17 Making both black & white AND color copies at the same time (Page 6-38)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 8

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Apple"] --> B["Image 1"]
    A --> C["Image 2"]
    A --> D["Image 3"]
    A --> E["Image 4"]

18 Enlarging the image and printing it out onto multiple sheets (Page 6-39)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 9

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Flower illustrations"] --> B["C carrot"]
    A --> C["Fruit icons"]
    B --> D["C carrot with five flowers"]
    B --> E["Fruit with six apples"]
    C --> F["C carrot with four apples"]
    C --> G["Fruit with four eggplants"]

19 Copying different sized originals onto one size of copy paper (Page 6-41)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 10

flowchart
graph LR
    A["A"] --> B["B"]
    B --> A

20 Memorizing frequently used settings (Page 6-43)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 11

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

21 Sorting automatically (Page 6-46)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 12

flowchart
graph TD
    A1["A"] --> E1["A"]
    A2["B"] --> E1["B"]
    A3["C"] --> E2["C"]
    A4["D"] --> E2["D"]
    E1 --> F1["A"]
    E2 --> F2["B"]
    E3 --> F3["C"]
    E4 --> F4["D"]

MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS

22 Changing the language used for messages (Page 7-32)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 1

text_image English EspañolFrançais

23 Using department codes to manage copy use (Page 7-1)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 2

natural_image Three cartoon illustration of a person holding books, stacks of papers, and a stack of papers (no text or symbols)

24 A full range of optional equipment is available

■SRDF (Sheet-thru Reverse Document Feeder) (Page 8-1)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 3

natural_image Line drawing of a printer with control panel and paper airplane (no text or symbols)

■Paper Feeder (Page 8-4)

Océ OP30C - MAKING FULL USE OF THE COPIER'S ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - 4

natural_image Line drawing of a server rack with mounting feet (no text or symbols)

* To prevent the copier from tipping over because of weight in the copier and the upper paper drawers, the caster kit must be installed at the bottom-most paper feeder, when an optional paper feeder is installed with the copier.

CAUTION

To prevent the possibility of accidents due to tilting the copier body, always turn the desk's stopper bolts until they make firm contact with the floor during initial installation or whenever the machine is moved.

CAUTION

To prevent the copier from tipping over, the optional caster kit must be installed when the copier is installed with an optional paper feeder.

■ Document Finisher (Page 8-4)

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a mechanical device with multiple blades and a central handle (no text or symbols)

■ Memory Copy Board (Page 8-4)

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of an electronic device housing with internal components and a separate slot component (no text or symbols)

■ Key Counter (Page 8-5)

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

natural_image Line drawing of a rectangular electronic component with slots and ventilation slots (no text or symbols)

■Printer Kit (Page 8-5)

■Fax Kit (Page 8-5)

■Network Scanner Kit (Page 8-6)

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 4

CAUTION LABELS

Caution labels have been attached to the copier at the following locations for safety purposes. BE SUFFICIENTLY CAREFUL to avoid fire or electric shock when removing a paper jam or when replacing toner.

Label 1, 2

High temperature inside. Do not touch parts in this area, because there is a danger of getting burned.

Océ OP30C - Label 1, 2 - 1

Océ OP30C - Label 1, 2 - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

Océ OP30C - Label 1, 2 - 3

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components (no text or symbols)

Label 3

High temperature inside. Do not touch parts in this area, because there is a danger of getting burned.

Océ OP30C - Label 3 - 1

Océ OP30C - Label 3 - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with internal components (no text or symbols)

Label 4

High temperature inside. Do not touch parts in this area, because there is a danger of getting burned.

Océ OP30C - Label 4 - 1

Océ OP30C - Label 4 - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a server rack with multiple drawers and ventilation slots (no text or symbols)

Label 5

To prevent the copier from tipping over, the optional caster kit must be installed when the copier is installed with an optional paper feeder.

Océ OP30C - Label 5 - 1

NOTE: DO NOT remove these labels.

■Environment

Océ OP30C - ■Environment - 1

CAUTION

- Avoid placing the copier on or in locations which are unstable or not level. Such locations may cause the copier to fall down or fall over. This type of situation presents a danger of personal injury or damage to the copier. ....

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

- Avoid locations with humidity or dust and dirt. If dust or dirt become attached to the power plug, clean the plug to avoid the danger of fire or electrical shock....

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

- Avoid locations near radiators, heaters, or other heat sources, or locations near flammable items, to avoid the danger of fire.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

- To keep the copier cool and facilitate changing of parts and maintenance, allow access space as shown below.

Leave adequate space, especially around the rear cover, to allow air to be properly ventilated out of the copier....

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 4

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 5

text_image Left: ≥19 11/16" 50 cm Front: ≥23 5/8" 60 cm Rear: ≥11 13/16" 30 cm Right: ≥19 11/16" 50 cm

Other precautions

- Adverse environmental conditions may affect the safe operation and performance of the copier. Install in an air-conditioned room (recommended room temperature: around 68^ (20^) , humidity: around 65% RH ) and avoid the following locations when selecting a site for the copier.

- Avoid locations near a window or with exposure to direct sunlight.

- Avoid locations with vibrations.

- Avoid locations with drastic temperature fluctuations.

- Avoid locations with direct exposure to hot or cold air.

- Avoid poorly ventilated locations.

- If the floor is delicate against casters, when this product is moved after installation, the floor material may be damaged.

- To prevent the possibility of accidents due to tilting the copier body, always turn the desk's stopper bolts until they make firm contact with the floor during initial installation or whenever the machine is moved.

  • To prevent the copier from tipping over, the optional caster kit must be installed when the copier is installed with an optional paper feeder.
  • During copying, some ozone is released, but the amount does not cause any ill effect to one's health. If, however, the copier is used over a long period of time in a poorly ventilated room or when making an extremely large number of copies, the smell may become unpleasant. To maintain the appropriate environment for copy work, it is suggested that the room be properly ventilated.

■Power supply/Grounding the copier

Océ OP30C - ■Power supply/Grounding the copier - 1

WARNING

- DO NOT use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections in the same outlet. These types of situations present a danger of fire or electrical shock. ....

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 1

- Plug the power cord securely into the outlet. If metallic objects come in contact with the prongs on the plug, it may cause a fire or electric shock.

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 2

• Always connect the copier to an outlet with a ground connection to avoid the danger of fire or electrical shock in case of an electric short. If an earth connection is not possible, contact your service representative.

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 3

Other precautions

  • Connect the power plug to the closest outlet possible to the copier.
  • The power supply cord is used as the main disconnect device. Ensure that the socket/outlet is located/installed near the equipment and is easily accessible.

■Handling of plastic bags

Océ OP30C - ■Handling of plastic bags - 1

WARNING

- Keep the plastic bags that are used with the copier away from children. The plastic may cling to their nose and mouth causing suffocation......

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 1

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 2

natural_image Simple line drawing of a baby crawling under a blanket (no text or symbols)

■Cautions when using the copier

Océ OP30C - ■Cautions when using the copier - 1

WARNING

  • DO NOT place metallic objects or containers with water (flower vases, flower pots, cups, etc.) on or near the copier. This of situation presents a danger of fire or electrical shock should they fall inside.
  • DO NOT remove any of the covers from the copier as there is a danger of electrical shock from high voltage parts inside the copier. ....
  • DO NOT damage, break or attempt to repair the power cord. DO NOT place heavy objects on the cord, pull it, bend it unnecessarily or cause any other type of damage.

These types of situations present a danger of fire or electrical shock.

  • NEVER attempt to repair or disassemble the copier or its parts as there is a danger of fire, electrical shock or damage to the laser. If the laser beam escapes, there is a danger of it causing blindness....
  • If the copier becomes excessively hot, smoke appears from the copier, there is an odd smell, or any other abnormal situation occurs, there is a danger of fire or electrical shock. Turn the main switch OFF ( ) immediately, remove the power plug from the outlet and contact your service representative.
  • If anything harmful (paper clips, water, other fluids, etc.) falls into the copier, turn the main switch OFF ( immediately. Next, remove the power plug from the outlet to avoid the danger of fire or electrical shock. Then contact your service representative.
  • DO NOT remove or connect the power plug with wet hands, as there is a danger of electrical shock.
  • ALWAYS contact your service representative for maintenance or repair of internal parts.

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 1

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 2

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 3

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 4

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 5

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 6

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 7

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 8

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 9

CAUTION

  • DO NOT pull the power cord when removing it from the outlet. If the power cord is pulled, the wires may become broken and there is a danger of fire or electrical shock. (ALWAYS grasp the power plug when removing the power cord from the outlet.)
  • ALWAYS remove the power plug from the outlet when moving the copier. If the power cord is damaged, there is a danger of fire or electrical shock.
  • If the copier will not be used for a short period of time (overnight, etc.), turn the main switch OFF (Φ)

If it will not be used for an extended period of time (vacations, etc.), remove the power plug from the outlet for safety purposes during the time the copier is not in use. ....

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

- ALWAYS hold the designated parts only when lifting or moving the copier.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

- For safety purposes, ALWAYS remove the power plug from the outlet when performing cleaning operations.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

- If dust accumulates within the copier, there is a danger of fire or other trouble. It is therefore recommended that you consult with your service representative in regard to cleaning of internal parts. This is particularly effective if accomplished prior to seasons of high humidity. Consult with your service representative in regard to the cost of cleaning the internal parts of the copier. ......

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 4

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 5

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 6

Other precautions

  • DO NOT place heavy objects on the copier or cause other damage to the copier.
  • DO NOT open the front cover, turn off the main switch, or pull out the power plug during copying.
  • When lifting or moving the copier, contact your service representative.
  • Do not touch electrical parts, such as connectors or printed circuit boards. They could be damaged by static electricity.
  • DO NOT attempt to perform any operations not explained in this handbook.
  • CAUTION : Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
  • Do not open any cover or turn the power off while the motor inside can be heard regardless of the condition of the copier.
  • Do not look directly at the light from the scanning lamp as it may cause your eyes to feel tired or painful.
  • This product engages a cooling fan in order to cool off internal parts even after the main switch is turned OFF. In order to maintain its cooling effect, do not remove the power plug from the outlet or disconnect the power to the outlet itself.

* Removing the power plug from the outlet will cause the cooling fan to stop and may result in internal damage to the machine due to heat.
* If you are not going to use this product for a prolonged period of time, turn the main switch OFF and then wait about 30 minutes before removing the power plug from the outlet.

■Cautions when handling consumables

Océ OP30C - ■Cautions when handling consumables - 1

CAUTION

  • DO NOT attempt to incinerate the toner containers or the waste toner tank. Dangerous sparks may cause burns.
  • Keep the toner containers and the waste toner tank out of the reach of children. ....
  • If toner happens to spill from the toner containers or the waste toner tank, avoid inhalation and ingestion, as well as contact with your eyes and skin.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

  • If you do happen to inhale toner, move to a place with fresh air and gargle thoroughly with a large amount of water. If coughing develops, contact a physician.
  • If you do happen to ingest toner, rinse your mouth out with water and drink 1 or 2 cups of water to dilute the contents of your stomach. If necessary, contact a physician.
  • If you do happen to get toner in your eyes, flush them thoroughly with water. If there is any remaining tenderness, contact a physician.
  • If toner does happen to get on your skin, wash with soap and water.

- DO NOT attempt to force open or destroy the toner containers or the waste toner tank.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

Other precautions

• After use, ALWAYS dispose of the toner containers and the waste toner tank in accordance with Federal, State and Local rules and regulations.
- Store all consumables in a cool, dark location.
- If you will not be using the copier for a prolonged period of time, remove all paper from the drawer(s) and the multi-bypass tray and seal in its original packaging.

1. Main body

Océ OP30C - Main body - 1

text_image Labeled diagram of an HP printer internal structure with numbered parts for identification

Océ OP30C - Main body - 2

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer rack with numbered parts for identification

① Original cover (Open/close this cover when you are setting the original on the platen.)

② Operation panel (Perform copy operations here.)

③ Main switch (Turn this switch ON ( | ) before copying.)

④ Toner container (black)

⑤ Toner container (yellow)

⑥ Toner container (magenta)

⑦ Toner container (cyan)

⑧ Left cover (Open this cover if a paper misfeed occurs in the paper conveyor section.)

⑨ Copy eject tray (Finished copies can be ejected and stored on this tray.)

⑩ Transfer unit release lever (Operate this lever if a paper misfeed occurs in the transfer section.)

⑪ Transfer unit

⑫ Waste toner tank

⑬ Oil roller unit

⑭ Paper conveyor

⑮ Paper conveyor release lever (Operate this lever if a paper misfeed occurs in the paper conveyor section or during cleaning operations.)

16 Original size indicator lines (Be sure to align the original with these lines when setting an original on the platen.)

⑰ Platen (Set originals here for copying. Lay originals face-down and align the edges with the size indicator lines located on the left and rear sides of the platen.)

⑱ Copy storage table (Finished copies can be ejected and stored on this table.)

19 Front cover (Open this cover if a paper misfeed occurs inside the copier, when you need to replace a toner container, the waste toner tank or the oil roller, as well as during cleaning operations.)

⑳ Multi-bypass tray

②1 Multi-bypass extension (Pull out this extension when copying onto 8 1/2" x 11" [A4R] size paper or larger.)

②2 Insert guides (Align these guides to fit the width of the paper that is to be set on the multi-bypass tray.)

②3 No.2 drawer (This drawer has a storage capacity of 500 sheets of copy paper.)

②4 No.1 drawer (in standard copiers [for 1-sided copies only]) (This drawer has a storage capacity of 500 sheets of copy paper.) Duplex Unit (in duplex copiers [for 2-sided copies]) (This unit allows you to make duplex [2-sided] copies.)

⑲ Paper length guide release levers (Pinch these levers and adjust the guide plate to fit the length of the paper that is to be loaded in that drawer.)

②6 Paper width guide release levers (Pinch these levers and adjust the guide plates to fit the width of the paper that is to be loaded in that drawer.)

⑳ Right side drawer cover (Open this cover if a paper misfeed occurs in the paper feed section.)

⑳ Handles for transport (Pull these bars out – there are two on both the left and right sides of the copier – in order to use them as handles.)

29 Paper size indicator (This indicator will remain out until the corresponding drawer has been selected. Once the drawer is selected, the indicator will light when there is paper loaded in that drawer, and it will blink when the drawer is empty or when a paper jam has occurred in that drawer.)

③0 Paper size indicator (in standard copiers [for 1-sided copies only]) (This indicator will remain out until the corresponding drawer has been selected. Once the drawer is selected, the indicator will light when there is paper loaded in that drawer, and it will blink when the drawer is empty or if a paper jam has occurred in that drawer.) Duplex Unit indicator (in duplex copiers [for 2-sided copies]) (This indicator will light when any one of the 2-sided copy modes is selected, and it will blink if a paper jam has occurred in the Duplex Unit. The indicator will remain out as long as the 2-sided copy modes are not in use.)

2. Operation panel

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Operation panel - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Auto Language Program Transparency/ Film/ Card Stock Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Auto Exp. Lighter Marker Original Image Type Paper Select Color Edit Zoom Zoom 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 18 20 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Auto Selection/ Filing Book Mode Digital Editing Printer Data Printer Ready Printer Attention Preset R/E Manual Original Image Type Color Edit Energy Saver Interrupt Stop/ Clear Reset A.C.S. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # Black& White Start

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Operation panel - 2

text_image Diagram of a CD-ROM front panel with numbered labels pointing to various function keys and buttons.

① Punch key

(Press this key when you want to use the hole punch function of the optional Document Finisher. See page 8-4.)

② Program key

(Press this key when you want to copy according to programmed settings. See page 6-43.)

③ */Language key

(Press this key when you want to perform default settings as well as those related to copy management, etc.)

④ Auto Selection/Filing key & indicator

(Press this key when you want to use the auto selection mode or the filing mode. The indicator to the left of the key will light. The optional DF must be installed in order to use these functions. See page 6-41 and 8-3.)

⑤ Book Mode key & indicator

(Press this key when you want to use the booklet mode, the BW/selection mode or the poster mode. The indicator to the left of the key will light. See pages 6-34, 6-36, 6-38 and 6-39.)

⑥ Printer Attention indicator

(This indicator lights if a printing error occurs when you are using the optional printer functions of this machine.)

⑦ Printer Ready indicator

(This indicator lights to indicate a "print-ready" state when you are using the optional printer functions of this machine.)

⑧ Printer Data indicator

(This indicator lights to indicate that data is being received when you are using the optional printer functions of this machine.)

⑨ Message display

(Display messages on how to operate the copier as well as when trouble occurs. It is possible for you to adjust the contrast of the LCD display. See “⑨ Display contrast adjustment” on page 7-30.)

⑩ Energy Saver key & indicator

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to turn the energy-saving preheat mode ON. See page 6-47.)

⑪ Interrupt key & indicator

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to perform Interrupt copying. See page 6-5.)

⑫ Stop/Clear key

(Press this key when you want to stop copying or change the number of copies to be made. Press this key as well to return to the previous setting screen, such as when setting copy functions, etc.)

⑬ Reset key

(See “● Initial mode” on page 2-5.)

⑭ Sort key

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to sort copies into separate sets, or for sorting or grouping and/or stapling copies with the optional Document Finisher. See page 6-46.)

⑮ Transparency Film / Card Stock key & indicator

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to copy use special paper, such as OHP transparencies or thick paper, or to use the insert sheet modes. See page 3-5, 6-21, 6-23 and 6-26.)

⑯ Layout key & indicator

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to use the layout modes. See page 6-32.)

⑰ Duplex / Page Separation key & indicator

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to use the 2-sided copy modes or the page separation modes. [The 2-sided copy modes are only available in duplex [2-sided copies] copiers.] See page 6-6 and 6-9.)

⑱ Digital Editing key & indicator

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to use the mono-color mode, the margin mode, the border erase modes, the invert mode, the mirror image mode or the print page numbers mode. See page 5-1, 6-11, 6-15, 6-17, 6-18 and 6-19.)

⑲ Auto Exp. key & indicator

(Press this key to light the indicator when you want to select the auto exposure mode. See page 4-3.)

⑳ Preset R/E key

(Press this key when you want to use the preset zoom mode. See page 6-2.)

②1 Copy exposure adjustment keys & indicators

(Press these keys when you want to manually adjust the copy exposure. The lit indicator will show the present copy exposure. See page 4-3.)

②2 Manual key

(Press this key until "AMS" is shown in the message display when you want to manually select the copy magnification ratio.)

②3 Original Image Type key

(Press this key in order to select the image quality. See page 4-3.)

⑳ Original key

(Press this key in order to select the size of the original.)

⑲ Color Edit key & indicator

(Press this key in order to select the color quality. The indicator to the left of the key will light. See page 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 5-5 and 5-7.)

②6 Paper Select key

(Press this key when you want to select a specific paper size and thereby change the drawer from which paper will be fed. See page 4-2.)

⑳ cursor key / Zoom(-)

(Press this key when you want to move the cursor in the message display to the left, as well as to decrease the copy magnification ratio in the zoom mode.)

⑳ cursor key

(Press this key when you want to move the cursor downward in the message display.)

⑲ cursor key

(Press this key when you want to move the cursor upward in the message display.)

③0 ▶ cursor key / Zoom(+)

(Press this key when you want to move the cursor in the message display to the right, as well as to increase the copy magnification ratio in the zoom mode.)

③1 Enter key

(Press this key when you want to confirm selected functions and other items in the message display.)

③2 Keypad

(Use the numeric keys, as well as the star (*and pound (#) keys, when you want to set the number of copies to be made or enter other values.)

③3 Black&White key

(Press this key when you want to make monochrome [B/W] copies. See page 4-1.)

③4 Full Color key

(Press this key when you want to make full color copies. See page 4-1.)

③5 Start key

(Press this key when the indicator is lit green and you want to start copying.)

③6 A.C.S. key

(Press this key when you want the copier to automatically make full color copies from color originals, and black and white copies from monochrome [B/W] originals. See page 4-1.)

③7 Copier key

(Press this key when you are using the optional printer functions, scanner functions and/or fax functions of this machine and you want to change to the copy operation mode.)

* The optional fax functions are only available for use in inch specification copiers.

●Initial mode (at the end of warm-up or when the Reset key is pressed)

Inch specifications

In the initial mode, paper of the same size as the original is selected automatically ("auto paper selection mode") and the magnification ration is set to "100%" (1:1), the number of copies to be made is set to "1", "manual exposure mode" is selected for the copy exposure and the image quality is set to "Mix" (text&photo mode).

* It is possible for you to change the default setting for the copy exposure in the initial mode from the "manual exposure mode" to the "auto exposure mode". (See “① Exposure mode” on page 7-17.)

Metric specifications

In the initial mode, paper of the same size as the original is selected automatically ("auto paper selection mode") and the magnification ration is set to "100%" (1:1), the number of copies to be made is set to "1", "auto exposure mode" is selected for the copy exposure and the image quality is set to "Mix" (text&photo mode).

* It is possible for you to change the default setting for the copy exposure in the initial mode from the "auto exposure mode" to the "manual exposure mode". (See “① Exposure mode” on page 7-17.)

●Auto clear function

About 90 seconds after copying stops, the auto clear function will automatically engage and the copier will return to the same settings as those after warm up (initial mode settings). (However, the copy exposure mode and the image quality mode will not change.) Copies can continually be made using the same settings (copy mode, number of copies and exposure mode) if the next batch of copying is started before the auto clear function engages.

● Automatic drawer switching function

If two drawers contain the same size and orientation of paper and the paper in one drawer runs out during copying, the automatic drawer switching function will switch paper feed from the empty drawer to the other drawer that still contains paper.

* The automatic drawer switching function can be turned OFF. (See “② Auto drawer switching ON/OFF” on page 7-28.)
* The automatic drawer switching function can also be used for drawers that contain special paper or color paper. (In order to use this function with those drawers, make sure that "On" has been selected under "⑤ APS for special paper ON/OFF" on page 7-29.)

1. Loading paper

Copy paper can either be loaded into the drawer(s) or set on the multi-bypass tray.

(1) Note when adding paper

After taking new paper out of its packaging, be sure to fan through them a few times to separate the sheets before loading the paper into a drawer or setting it on the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - Note when adding paper - 1

natural_image Line drawing of two hands holding a stack of papers (no text or symbols)

(2) Loading paper into a drawer

Up to 500 sheets of standard paper (75 g/m ^2 – 90 g/m ^2 ) or color paper can be loaded into the drawer that is included with your copier. Up to 250 sheets of paper can be loaded into each drawer of the optional Paper Feeder.

- Standard accessory drawer(s) Standard copier (for 1-sided copies only): Two 500-sheet capacity drawers Duplex copier (for 2-sided copies): One 500-sheet capacity drawer

- Acceptable sizes of paper Inch specifications 500-sheet capacity drawers: 11" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 14" and 11" x 17" 250-sheet capacity drawers: 8 1/2" x 11", 11" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 14" and 11" x 17"

Metric specifications

500-sheet capacity drawers: A5R, B5R, A4, B4 and A3
250-sheet capacity drawers: A5R, B5R, A4R, A4, B4 and A3
* The 500-sheet capacity drawers will not accept 8 1/2" x 11" [A4R] size paper.
* Neither type of drawer will accept 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" or 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" size paper.

IMPORTANT!

  • BE SURE to use paper that is specified for color copy use in order to make clear color copies.
  • DO NOT use paper such as that designated for inkjet printers or any paper treated with special coating.
  • Specify the type of paper that is loaded into each drawer (plain, recycled, etc.) under “⑮ Type of paper” on page 7-31.

1 Pull the drawer out toward you as far as it will go. * DO NOT pull more than one drawer out at a time.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating the direction (no text or symbols present)

2 Open the paper feed unit (shown as ① in the illustration).

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 2

natural_image Diagram of a hand inserting a component into an open storage room (no text or symbols visible)

NOTE

DO NOT touch the rollers (shown as ② in the illustration).

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with labeled component (no text or symbols present)

3 Pinch the levers for the paper width guide plates and move the plates to fit the width of the paper that is to be loaded in that drawer.

* The paper sizes are marked on the bottom of the drawer.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with arrows indicating motion or force (no text or symbols)

4 Pinch the levers for the paper length guide plate and move the plate to fit the length of the paper that is to be loaded in that drawer.

* The paper sizes are marked on the bottom of the drawer.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a component into a device drawer (no text or symbols)

5 Align the paper flush against the right side of the drawer, and then set the paper in the drawer.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 4

natural_image Line drawing of a hand operating a mechanical device with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

IMPORTANT!

  • DO NOT load more paper than indicated by the sticker located on the inside of the drawer (shown as ③ in the illustration).
  • When you are loading paper into the drawer, make sure that the side to be copied onto is facing downward. (The copy side is the side facing upward when the package is opened.)
  • Make sure that the paper is set securely against the paper length and width guide plates. If there is a gap between the paper and any guide plate, readjust the guide plates to fit the paper snugly. Anytime paper does not fit snugly against the guide plates, the message display may not indicate the correct size of paper for that drawer.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

text_image Technical diagram showing a mechanical or architectural component with numbered annotation '3' and an upward arrow indicator.

6 Close the paper feed unit.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with an arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols present)

7 Gently push the drawer back in.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 3

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating the insertion point (no text or symbols present)

8 Insert the appropriate paper size label into the front of the drawer to indicate the size of paper that is loaded into that drawer.

NOTE

If you will not be using the copier for a prolonged period of time, remove all paper from the drawer(s) and seal in its original packaging in order to protect it against moisture.

(3) Setting paper on the multi-bypass tray

Up to 150 sheets of standard paper (75 g/m ^2 – 90 g/m ^2 ) can be set on the multi-bypass tray. Paper sizes between 5 1/2" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 5 1/2", 8 1/2" x 11", 11" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 14", 11" x 17" and 12" x 18" [B6R, A6R, A5R, B5R, B5, A4R, A4, B4, A3, A3 wide (305 mm x 457 mm) and Folio] can be used. When copying onto special paper, be sure to use the multi-bypass tray.

NOTES

  • The following types of special paper and the number of sheets that can be set on the multi-bypass tray at one time are as follows: OHP transparencies: 25 sheets (BE SURE to use only 11'' × 8^1/2'' [A4] size OHP transparencies and ALWAYS fan through transparencies before setting them on the multi-bypass tray.) Thick paper ( 91g/m^2 - 220g/m^2 ): 50 sheets
  • The acceptable paper weight for thick paper actually differs depending upon the size of the paper: Under 11" x 8 1/2" [A4]: 91g/m² - 220 g/m² Over 11" x 8 1/2" [A4]: 91g/m² - 135 g/m²

IMPORTANT!

  • BE SURE to use paper that is specified for color copy use in order to make clear color copies.
  • DO NOT use paper such as that designated for inkjet printers or any paper treated with special coating.
  • When setting special paper such as OHP transparencies and thick paper on the multi-bypass tray, be sure to specify the type of paper under “● When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray” on page 3-5.

1 Open the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols present)

NOTE

When copying onto 8 1/2" x 11" [A4R] size paper or larger, be sure to pull out the multi-bypass extension.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating the process (no text or symbols present)

2 Adjust the insert guides to fit the width of the paper that is to be set on the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

natural_image Line drawing of hands installing or adjusting a mechanical component with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

3

Slide the paper all the way in, along the insert guides, as far as it will go.

Océ OP30C - 3 - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a printer (no text or symbols)

IMPORTANT!

  • When you are loading paper onto the multi-bypass tray, make sure that the side to be copied onto is facing upward. (The copy side is the side facing upward when the package is opened.) If the leading edge of the paper is curled at all, straighten it out before setting it on the multi-bypass tray.
  • If you are copying onto special paper, be sure to have finished copies ejected onto the copy eject tray. (See “⑳ Eject destination” on page 7-22.)
  • Be sure to push the multi-bypass extension back in, and open the insert guides as far as they will go BEFORE closing the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

natural_image Diagram of a printer or printer mechanism with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols present)

●Setting the paper size for the multi-bypass tray

It is necessary to select the size of paper that will be set on the multi-bypass tray.

The acceptable sizes of paper are as follows.

Inch specifications

Custom sizes (4" x 5 7/8" - 11" x 17"), 5 1/2" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 11", 8 1/2" x 14", 11" x 8 1/2", 11" x 17" and 12" x 18"

Metric specifications

Custom sizes (100 mm x 148 mm - 297 mm x 420 mm), B6R, B5, B5R, A6R, A5R, A4, A4R, B4, A3, A3 wide and Folio

1

Press the Paper Select key. The "Select paper size for bypass" ["SELECT PAPER SIZE OF BYPASS"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

text_image Manual Origin Paper Select Zoom Original Image Type Color Edit 25% 5 6 7 D Deter

2

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the appropriate paper size and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 1

text_image Select paper size for bypass. Custom Sizes 11x17 8½x14

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 2

text_image SELECT PAPER SIZE OF BYPASS CUSTOM SIZES A3 A4

3 If you selected "Custom Sizes", the "Set custom size" screen will appear. Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired size for the paper length.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 3

text_image Set custom size. 4" 16%

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 4

text_image SET CUSTOM SIZE. 100mm 148mm

4 Press the ▼ cursor key to change to the width size setting.

5 Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired size for the paper width.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 5

text_image Set custom size. 4" 16%"

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 6

text_image SET CUSTOM SIZE. 100mm 148mm

6 Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

●When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray

Perform the following procedure to select the transparency mode or the thick paper mode, as appropriate, when copying onto OHP transparencies or thick paper.

1 Press the Transparency Film / Card Stock key to light the Transparency Film / Card Stock indicator. The "Select function" screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray - 1

text_image Punch */ Language Auto Selection/Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Existing Duplex/ Page Separation Preset Aut Exp */A\AA\

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "① Transparency Mode" or "② Thick paper Mode", as desired.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray - 2

text_image Select function. 1 Transparency Mode 2 Thick paper Mode 3 Inserts Mode

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray - 3

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. ① TRANSPARENCY MODE ② THICK PAPER MODE ③ INSERT MODE

3 Press the Enter key. If a Memory Copy Board is installed in your copier and you selected "1 Transparency Mode", proceed to the next step.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 OHP film". The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray - 4

text_image Select function. 1 Transparency+backing 2 Presentation 3 OHP film

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●When setting OHP transparencies or thick paper on the multi-bypass tray - 5

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. ① TRANSPARENCY+BACKING ▶ ② HAND-OUT ▶ ③ OHP FILM

NOTE

Once the transparency mode or the thick paper mode are selected, paper feed will be carried out from the multi-bypass tray and the copies will be ejected onto the copy eject tray.

●When printing onto envelopes

When you are using the optional printer functions of this machine, envelopes can be set in the multi-bypass tray for printing. Up to 10 envelopes can be set on the multi-bypass tray at a time. For more details, refer to the Operation Guide for the Printer Kit. Refer to the following table for the types and sizes of envelopes that can be used in this machine.

Acceptable envelope typesSize
Monarch3 7/8" x 7 1/2"
Comm. #104 1/8" x 9 1/2"
Envelope DL110 mm x 220 mm
Envelope C5162 mm x 229 mm
Executive7 1/4" x 10 1/2"
Comm. #93 7/8" x 8 7/8"
Comm. #6-3/43 5/8" x 6 1/2"
ISO B5176 mm x 250 mm
Envelope C4229 mm x 324 mm
Oufuku Hagaki200 mm x 148 mm
YOUKEI 2162 mm x 114 mm
YOUKEI 4234 mm x 105 mm

- Designating the envelope size

In order to print onto envelopes, it is necessary to perform the following procedure and designate the size of those envelopes.

1 Press the Paper Select key. The "Select paper size for bypass" ["SELECT PAPER SIZE OF BYPASS"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 1

text_image Manual Original Image Type Original Color Edit Paper Select Zoom 25% Darker

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "Prt. exclusive paper" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 2

text_image Select paper size for bypass. 5½x8½ 12x18 Prt. exclusive paper ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 3

text_image SELECT PAPER SIZE OF BYPASS Folio A3wide PRT. EXCLUSIVE PAPER.

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the size of the envelopes you want to use.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 4

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 5

text_image SET PRINTER EXCLUSIVE PAPER Monarch Comm. #10 Envelope DL

4 Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

- Setting the envelopes on the multi-bypass tray

Perform the following procedure and set the envelopes on the multi-bypass tray.

1 Open the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 6

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating the process (no text or symbols present)

2 Adjust the insert guides to fit the width of the envelopes that are to be set on the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 7

natural_image Line drawing of hands installing or adjusting a mechanical component with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

3 Keeping the flap closed, situate envelopes with the print side face-up and the flap side towards the front of the copier or towards the leading edge of insertion. Then slide them all the way into the multi-bypass tray, along the insert guides, as far as they will go.

* The proper orientation will actually depend upon the type of envelope being used.
* DO NOT set the flap towards the trailing edge of insertion as there is a danger of it jamming.

Océ OP30C - - Designating the envelope size - 8

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Copier"] --> B["Circle"]
    C["Copier"] --> D["Circle"]
    E["Copier"] --> F["X"]

2. Replacing the toner containers and the waste toner tank

This copier uses 4 colors of toner (yellow, cyan, magenta and black). Replace the toner container for the indicated color whenever "Add toner to resume copying." appears. Be sure to replace the waste toner tank each time you replace a toner container.

* Only replace the toner containers when the message tells you to do so.

Océ OP30C - Replacing the toner containers and the waste toner tank - 1

CAUTION

DO NOT attempt to incinerate the toner containers or the waste toner tank. Dangerous sparks may cause burns.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

CAUTION

DO NOT attempt to force open or destroy the toner containers or the waste toner tank.

The illustrations in the following procedure will show replacement of the black toner container.

1

Open the front cover.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a cabinet panel with a curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols present)

2

Hold the toner container release lever (shown as ① in the illustration) down and pull the old container out.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand using a tool to adjust or install components, with labeled parts and directional arrows.

3

Shake the new toner container 5 times or more from side to side.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

natural_image Illustration of a hand pressing down on a battery pack with motion arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

4

Insert the new container into the copier.

* Once it is inserted properly, the new container will lock into place.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 4

natural_image Line drawing of a hand using a tool to adjust or install a mechanical component (no text or symbols visible)

5

Insert the old container into the supplied disposable plastic bag.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 5

natural_image Line drawing of a device with a cloth cover and an arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols)

Follow this same procedure and replace the other toner containers, as necessary.

6
Operate the paper conveyor release lever and pull the paper conveyor out towards you as far as it will go.
Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 6

natural_image Diagram of a printer's internal structure with arrows indicating process direction (no text or symbols)

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 7

WARNING

High voltage is present in the charger section. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of electrical shock.

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

The copier's fixing unit is extremely hot. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of getting burned.

7
Push down on the waste toner tank release lever (shown as ② in the illustration) and remove the waste toner tank.
Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

text_image Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with labeled components and directional arrows indicating motion or movement

IMPORTANT!

DO NOT turn the waste toner tank upside down after you remove it from the copier.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

CAUTION

DO NOT attempt to incinerate the toner containers or the waste toner tank. Dangerous sparks may cause burns.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

CAUTION

DO NOT attempt to force open or destroy the toner containers or the waste toner tank.

8
Use the cap that is located on top of the waste toner tank to seal to the opening in the tank.
Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

natural_image Diagram of a device component with an arrow indicating direction, no text or symbols present

9
Insert the old tank into the supplied disposable plastic bag.
Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

natural_image Diagram of a device with a folded paper or sheet, showing an arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols present)

10 Set the new waste toner tank into the copier. * Once it is inserted properly, the new waste toner tank will lock into place.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

natural_image Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with a component highlighted by an arrow (no text or symbols present)

NOTE

DO NOT touch the transfer roller (shown as ③ in the illustration) that is located to the right of the paper conveyor section. Touching it may cause subsequent copies to come out dirty.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with numbered component labeled '3'

11 Push the paper conveyor back into the copier.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

natural_image Line drawing of hands operating a computer motherboard with an arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

12 Close the front cover. * Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

natural_image Illustration of hands operating a server rack with arrows indicating airflow direction (no text or symbols)

●After use, ALWAYS dispose of the toner containers and the waste toner tank in accordance with Federal, State and Local rules and regulations.

3. Cleaning the charger

Perform the following cleaning operation on the charger if black lines appear on the copy image.

1 Open the front cover.

Océ OP30C - Cleaning the charger - 1

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a cabinet panel with a black arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols present)

2 Grasp the green cleaning shaft (shown as ① in the illustration), pull it out slowly as far as it will go and then push it back in all the way. Repeat this step 3 to 5 times.

Océ OP30C - Cleaning the charger - 2

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand inserting a component into a device with labeled parts and numbered callouts.

3 Take the supplied grid cleaner out of its package and remove the cap.

Océ OP30C - Cleaning the charger - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Rectangular Box"] --> B["Machine with Internal Components"]
    B --> C["Arrow Up"]
    C --> D["Arrow Down"]

NOTE

The sponge portion of the grid cleaner contains fluid. Perform the cleaning operation as quickly as possible to prevent it from drying out.

4 With the sponge portion of the grid cleaner up, attach it to the copier as shown in the illustration.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of an electrical enclosure with internal components and wiring (no text or symbols)

5 Push up on the main charger release lever (shown as ② in the illustration). Lift up slightly on the main charger (shown as ③ in the illustration), slowly pull out the main charger as far as it will go and then push it back in all the way. Repeat this step 2 to 3 times.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with numbered annotations

6 Lift up on the main charger release lever and push the main charger back into its original position in the copier.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a mechanical component with arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

7 Remove the grid cleaner.

Océ OP30C - Remove the grid cleaner. - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

NOTE

DO NOT attempt to reuse the grid cleaner after it is used once.

8 Grasp the green cleaning shaft (shown as ④ in the illustration), pull it out slowly as far as it will go and then push it back in all the way. Repeat this step 5 to 7 times.

Océ OP30C - Grasp the green cleaning shaft (shown as ④ in the illustration), pull it out slowly as far as it will go and then push it back in all the way. Repeat this step 5 to 7 times. - 1

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand holding a tool interacting with a mechanical component, with numbered callouts and directional arrows indicating movement or assembly.

9 Close the front cover. \* Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely.

Océ OP30C - Close the front cover. \* Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely. - 1

natural_image Illustration of hands inserting a device into a rack with arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

4. Replacing the oil roller

After approximately 25,000 copies, "Time to replace the oil kit." or "Replace the oil kit now" will appear. In this case, perform the following procedure in order to replace the oil roller.

1 Open the front cover.

Océ OP30C - Replacing the oil roller - 1

natural_image Illustration of hands holding a cabinet with a curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

2 Operate the paper conveyor release lever and pull the paper conveyor out towards you.

Océ OP30C - Replacing the oil roller - 2

natural_image Diagram of a hand inserting a device into a machine (no text or symbols visible)

WARNING

High voltage is present in the charger section. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of electrical shock.

CAUTION

The copier's fixing unit is extremely hot. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of getting burned.

3 Slide the oil roller release levers (shown as ① in the illustration) away from the roller and then remove the oil roller from the copier.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

text_image Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with labeled components and directional arrows indicating movement or movement.

4 Remove the protective seals from each side of the new oil roller.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a hand pressing down on a mechanical component with an arrow indicating upward motion (no text or symbols)

5 Remove the new oil roller from its cover.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

natural_image Technical line drawing of two mechanical components with directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

6 Set the new oil roller in the copier. As shown in the illustration, press down on the areas marked "PUSH HERE" and lock the oil roller securely into place.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 4

text_image PUSH HERE

9 Close the front cover. * Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 5

natural_image Illustration of hands inserting a device into a rack with arrows indicating direction (no text or symbols)

7 Place the old oil roller in the cover that you removed in step 5 and insert it into the supplied disposable plastic bag.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 6

natural_image Diagram showing a mechanical assembly process with arrows indicating motion, no text or symbols present

8 Push the paper conveyor back into the copier.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 7

natural_image Illustration of hands operating a mechanical device with an arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

1. Basic copying procedure

Océ OP30C - Basic copying procedure - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand pressing a button on a mechanical device (no text or symbols)

1. Warm-up

Turn the main switch ON ( | ). At the end of warm-up, "Ready to copy." will appear in the message display.

NOTE

If a Memory Copy Board is installed in your copier, and you set the original that you want to copy and press the Start key while the copier is still warming up, copying will begin as soon as warm-up is completed.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image 2

2. Setting an original

Set the original that you want to copy at the left-rear corner of the platen as shown in the illustration and align it with the original size indicator lines.

NOTE

See “● Setting originals in the SRDF” on page 8-2 for instructions on how to set originals in your document feeder.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image 3 3 6 9 # Full Color A.C.S. Start Black & White 3 6 9 # 7/c c c

Inch specifications Metric specifications

3. Selecting the color mode

Press the Full Color key, the A.C.S. key or the Black&White key, as appropriate, until the message for that desired mode appears.

Color (full color mode): Press the Full Color key and "4C Mode" ["4-COL."] will appear in the message display. Select this mode when you want to make full color copies.

ACS (Auto Color Selection mode): Press the A.C.S. key and "ACS" will appear in the message display. The copier will automatically detect whether the original is color or monochrome (B/W) and the corresponding copy will be made: full color for color originals and black and white copies for monochrome originals.

Monochrome (black and white mode): Press the Black&White key and "BW Mode" ["B/W"] will appear in the message display. Select this mode when you want to make black and white copies.

NOTES

  • If the mono-color mode is selected, the currently selected color for that mode will be displayed: "CYAN", "MAGENTA", "YELLOW", "RED", "GREEN" or "BLUE". (See "1. Mono-color mode" on page 5-1.)
  • It is also possible for you to make other adjustments to color copying.

Gloss mode (See page 5-2.)

One-touch image quality adjustment (See page 5-3.)

Adjusting the color balance (See page 5-4.)

Adjusting the color hue (See page 5-5.)

Adjusting the sharpness (See page 5-7.)

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image 4 Punch * Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Preset Aut Exp * / AÃÃ */

Inch specifications Metric specifications

4. Selecting functions

Select from the copier's various functions.

Océ OP30C - Selecting functions - 1

• Mono-color mode (Page 5-1.)
• Gloss mode (Page 5-2.)
• One-touch image quality adjustment (Page 5-3.)
- Adjusting the color balance (Page 5-4.)
- Adjusting the color hue (Page 5-5.)
- Adjusting the sharpness (Page 5-7.)
- Enlarging/reducing copies (Page 6-1.)
- Interrupt copying (Page 6-5.)
- Making duplex (2-sided) copies from various types of originals (Page 6-6.) *3
- Copying two-page originals onto separate sheets (Page 6-9.)
- Creating a margin on the copies (Page 6-11.) *1
- Making copies with clean edges (Page 6-15.) *1
- Inverting black and white AND colors (Page 6-17.)
- Making mirror image copies (Page 6-18.)
- Printing page numbers on copies (Page 6-19.) *1
- Feeding paper as a backing sheet for OHP transparencies (Page 6-21.) *1
- Preparing presentation materials to go with transparencies (Page 6-23.) *1
- Adding covers and separation inserts to your copy sets (Page 6-26.) *1
- Making one copy from either two or four originals (Page 6-32.) *1
- Making booklets, etc., from sheet originals (Page 6-34.) *3
- Making booklets, etc., from books (Page 6-36.) *3
- Making both black & white AND color copies at the same time (Page 6-38.) *1
- Enlarging the image and printing it out onto multiple sheets (Page 6-39.) *1
- Copying different sized originals onto one size of copy paper (Page 6-41.) *1
- Memorizing frequently used settings (Page 6-43.)
- Confirming copy settings (Recall function) (Page 6-45.)
- Sorting automatically (Page 6-46.) *1
- Rotate copy function (Page 6-47.) *1
• Auto selection mode (Page 8-3.) *2

*1: If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

*2: The optional DF must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

*3: Only available in duplex copiers.

Océ OP30C - Selecting functions - 2

text_image 5 Manual Original Paper Select Zoom 3 4 5 6 7 Original Image Type Color Edit Star Darker 25%

Inch specifications Metric specifications

5. Selecting the paper size

When "APS" appears in the message display, paper of the same size as the original will be automatically selected. Thus, if you want to make copies onto paper of the same size as the originals with images of the same size, no special settings are required. If you want to copy the original image onto a different size paper without changing the size of the image, press the Paper Select key and select the desired size of paper, and then press the Manual key.

NOTE

It is also possible for you to specify one drawer that will be selected automatically even without setting any originals. (See “⑫ Default drawer (b/w)” on page 7-19 and “⑬ Default drawer (color)” on page 7-20.)

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image 6 Printer Data Printer Ready Printer Attention Preset R/E Manual Original Auto Exp. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Original Image Type Lighter Darker 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Inch specifications Metric specifications

6. Adjusting the copy exposure

Inch specifications

In the initial mode, manual exposure is normally the default exposure mode and one of the copy exposure indicators will be lit. If you want to make the exposure darker, press the right exposure adjustment key to move the lit indicator to the right; If you want to make the exposure lighter, press the left exposure adjustment key to move the lit indicator to the left.

NOTE

The copy exposure scale can be set to either 7 or 13 levels of adjustment. (See “② Exposure steps” on page 7-17.)

If you want the copy exposure to be adjusted automatically, press the Auto Exp. key to light Auto Exp. indicator and, thereby, select the auto exposure mode. In the auto exposure mode, the contrast of the original will be detected and the most suitable exposure level selected automatically. It is also possible for you to make clean copies without the original background or color.

NOTES

  • It is possible for you to make adjustments to the auto exposure mode if the overall copies come out too dark or too light. (See “③ Auto exposure adjustment (color)” and “④ Auto exposure adjustment (b/w)” on page 7-17.)
  • It is possible for you to change the default setting for the copy exposure to the auto exposure mode. (See “① Exposure mode” on page 7-17.)
  • The auto exposure mode is not available when the photo mode, printed photo mode or map mode has been selected for the image quality.

Metric specifications

In the initial mode, auto exposure is normally the default exposure mode and the Auto Exp. indicator will be lit. In the auto exposure mode, the contrast of the original will be detected and the most suitable exposure level selected automatically. It is also possible for you to make clean copies without the original background or color.

NOTE

It is possible for you to make adjustments to the auto exposure mode if the overall copies come out too dark or too light.

(See “③ Auto exposure adjustment (color)” and “④ Auto exposure adjustment (b/w)” on page 7-17.)

If you want to adjust the copy exposure manually, press one of the copy exposure adjustment keys to lit one of the copy exposure indicators and, thereby, select the manual exposure mode. If you want to make the exposure darker, press the right exposure adjustment key to move the lit indicator to the right; If you want to make the exposure lighter, press the left exposure adjustment key to move the lit indicator to the left.

NOTES

  • The copy exposure scale can be set to either 7 or 13 levels of adjustment. (See “② Exposure steps” on page 7-17.)
  • It is possible for you to change the default setting for the copy exposure to the manual exposure mode. (See “① Exposure mode” on page 7-17.)
  • The auto exposure mode is not available when the photo mode, printed photo mode or map mode has been selected for the image quality.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image 7 Manual Original Paper Select Zoom 3 4 5 6 7 Original Image Type Color Edit Inter Darker 25%

Inch specifications Metric specifications

7. Selecting the image quality

The image quality is selected according to the type of original. Press the Original Image Type key until the message for that desired mode appears.

MIX (text&photo mode): Select this mode when the original contains a mixture of both text and photographs.

TEXT (text mode): Select this mode when the original contains both mostly text.

PHOTO (photo mode): Select this mode when the original contains both mostly photographs taken by camera.

PRINT (printed photo mode): Select this mode when you are copying a magazine, etc., that contains printed photographs.

MAP (map mode): Select this mode when you are copying a map.

ECO (eco mode): Select this mode when you are want to save on toner usage. (The copy image will be relatively light and the colors will change somewhat.)

NOTES

  • It is possible for you to select the image quality mode that will be the default setting in the initial mode. (See “⑪ Original quality” on page 7-19.)
  • It is also possible for you to adjust the copy exposure in each of the image quality modes. (See “⑤ Mixed original density”, “⑥ Text original density”, “⑦ Print original density”, “⑧ Photo original density” and “⑨ Map original density” on pages 7-18 through 7-19.)

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image 8 Saver Interrupt 1 2 3 Full Color 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # Black& White 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 #

Inch specifications Metric specifications

8. Setting the number of copies to be made

Use the numeric keys on the keypad to change the message display to enter the desired number of copies to be made in the message display. Up to 999 copies can be made at one time.

NOTE

It is possible for you to limit the number of copies that can be made at a time. (See “⑭ Copy limit” on page 7-20.)

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image 9 3 6 9 # Full Color A.C.S. Start Black & White 3 6 9 # 9 c c

Inch specifications Metric specifications

9. Start copying

Press the Start key. Once "Ready to copy." is shown in the message display, copying is possible.

Océ OP30C - Start copying - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a printer with front and side views, showing internal components (no text or symbols)

10. At the end of copying

Finished copies will be ejected onto the copy eject tray or the copy storage table, as selected.

NOTES

  • Up to 250 copies (standard copy paper: 75 ~g / m^2 - 90 ~g / m^2 ) can be stored on the copy storage table, and up to 150 copies can be stored on the copy eject tray.
  • If "Paper capacity exceeded. Remove paper from Inner." ["PAPER CAPACITY EXCEEDED. REMOVE PAPER FROM INNER TRAY."] is displayed, there are too many copies on the copy storage table. remove the copies from the table and then press the Start key to restart copying.
  • If "Too much paper. Remove paper." ["TOO MUCH PAPER IN DRAWER. REMOVE SOME PAPER."] is displayed, there are too many copies on the copy eject tray. Remove the copies from the tray and then press the Start key to restart copying.
  • If ejected copies come out curled, or are otherwise not stored cleanly, remove the paper from the drawer or the multi-bypass tray (whichever is currently being used), turn the paper over, set it again in that location and try to copy again.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a small component into a rack (no text or symbols)

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

CAUTION

If the copier will not be used for a short period of time (overnight, etc.), turn the main switch OFF ( ) If it will not be used for an extended period of time (vacations, etc.), remove the power plug from the outlet for safety purposes during the time the copier is not in use.

NOTES

  • About 30 minutes of fan cooling is required after the main switch is turned OFF. Thus, even after turning OFF the main switch, DO NOT immediately remove the power plug from the outlet.
  • This product engages a cooling fan in order to cool off internal parts even after the main switch is turned OFF. In order to maintain its cooling effect, do not remove the power plug from the outlet or disconnect the power to the outlet itself.

* Removing the power plug from the outlet will cause the cooling fan to stop and may result in internal damage to the machine due to heat.

* If you are not going to use this product for a prolonged period of time, turn the main switch OFF and then wait about 30 minutes before removing the power plug from the outlet.

1. Mono-color mode

By selecting one color between cyan, magenta, yellow, red, green and blue, it is possible for you to make copies of that color, regardless of the type of original being copied.

1 Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Mono-color mode - 1

text_image Punch * / Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Layout Print Data Print Read Print Attent Ireset R/E Auto Exp. 1 * / AAA # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #

1

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select

“7 Monocolor” [“7 MONOCOLOUR”] and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

text_image Select function. 5 Mirror 6 XY Zoom ▶ 7 Monocolor ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 5 MIRROR 6 XY ZOOM ▶ 7 MONOCOLOUR ▶

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the desired color.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 3

text_image Select function. 1 Cyan 2 Magenta 3 Yellow

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 4

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 CYAN 2 MAGENTA 3 YELLOW

NOTE

Selection is possible between 6 colors: cyan, magenta, yellow, red, green and blue.

4 Press the Enter key.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400% 7 *

5 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 Enter" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy," screen and the selected color will be shown in the display.

2. Gloss mode

Select the gloss mode when you want to make high-gloss copies.

NOTES

  • This mode is only available when copying onto plain color copy paper.
  • This mode is NOT available with 2-sided copying.
  • Copying will take more time than usual when the gloss mode is selected.
  • The effect from the gloss mode may not be evident with some types of originals.
  • Depending upon the type of paper and the ambient conditions, paper may become wrinkled during printing with the gloss mode selected. If this does occur, use slightly thicker paper that doesn't wrinkle so easily or copy in a normal copy mode (cancel the gloss mode).
  • For a sample of copies made under the gloss mode, see "Gloss mode samples" on page iii.

1 Press the Color Edit key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Color Edit key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Original Paper Select Zoom Original Image Type Color Edit 25% 6 7 6 7 4/4 2%

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|2| Gloss" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|2| Gloss" and then press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 End 2 Gloss 3 Quick Image

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|2| Gloss" and then press the Enter key. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 END 2 GLOSS 3 QUICK IMAGE

3 Press the Enter key. The gloss mode will be selected and an asterisk (✗) will appear in front of the number for that setting.

NOTE

In order to cancel the gloss mode, use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the gloss mode again and then press the Enter key. The asterisk (✗) will be removed and the setting canceled.

4 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "|1| End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Zoom 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

3. One-touch image quality adjustment

Select the image quality, for example "Vivid" or "Calm", according to the type of copy image you want.

NOTES

  • This setting is only available with full color copying.
  • This setting is NOT available in the auto exposure mode.
  • This setting is NOT available for use together with the color balance adjustment.
  • Select one of the 6 available image quality settings. Multiple selections are NOT possible.
  • Selection is possible between 6 settings: Vivid, Calm, Modulation, Smooth, Light and Heavy. For a sample of copies made under each setting, see "Image quality adjustment samples" on page i.

1 Press the Color Edit key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image Original Image Type Paper Select Zoom Color Edit 25% 2

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Quick Image" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Select function. 1 End 2 Gloss 3 Quick Image

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 3

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 END 2 GLOSS 3 QUICK IMAGE

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the image quality setting that you want to use.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 4

text_image Select function. 1 Vivid 2 Calm 3 Modulation

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 5

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 VIVID 2 CALM 3 MODULATION

4 Press the Enter key. The image quality will be selected and an asterisk ( × will appear in front of the number for that setting.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 6

text_image Zoom Zoom 5% 400%

NOTE

In order to cancel the setting, use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select that setting again and then press the Enter key. The asterisk (✗) will be removed and the setting canceled.

5 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

4. Adjusting the color balance

The color balance can be fine-adjusted by increasing or decreasing the intensity of each of the colors: cyan, magenta, yellow or black.

NOTES

• These adjustments are only available with full color copying.
• These adjustments are NOT available in the auto exposure mode.
• These adjustments are NOT available in combination with one-touch image quality adjustment.
- For a sample of copies made with an adjusted color balance, see "Color balance adjustment samples" on page ii.

1

Press the Color Edit key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

text_image Original Paper Select Zoom 6 7 Original Image Type Color Edit 25% 6 7

2

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Color Balance" ["4 COLOUR BALANCE"] and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 1

text_image Select function. 2 Gloss 3 Quick Image 4 Color Balance

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 2 GLOSS 3 QUICK IMAGE 4 COLOUR BALANCE

3

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the color to be adjusted (cyan, magenta, yellow or black).

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 3 - 1

text_image Select function. 1 End 2 Cyan 3 Magenta

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 3 - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 END 2 CYAN 3 MAGENTA

4

Press the Enter key. The "Adjust Color Balance" ["ADJUST COLOUR BALANCE"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 4 - 1

text_image Adjust Color Balance (C) 0 -5~+5

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 4 - 2

text_image ADJUST COLOUR BALANCE (C) 0 -5~+5 <

5

Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the value for that color as desired.

NOTE

Adjustment is possible in 11-step increments between -5 and +5.

6

Press the Enter key.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 6 - 1

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400% 1 4 7 *

7

If you want to adjust the intensity of another color, repeat steps 3 through 6.

8

Once you are finished adjusting the color balance, use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key.

9

Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

5. Adjusting the color hue

It is possible for you to change the color hue and create copies of interesting colors. For example, turns reds into reddish-yellows or yellows into yellow-greens.

NOTES

• These adjustments are only available with full color copying.
• These adjustments are NOT available in the auto exposure mode.
• These adjustments are NOT available in combination with one-touch image quality adjustment.
- Selection is possible between the following settings:
All: Makes adjustment to the overall colors.
Y-B: Makes adjustment to the yellow and blue color wheel.
M-G: Makes adjustment to the magenta and green color wheel.
C-R: Makes adjustment to the cyan and red color wheel.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

pie | Color | Value | |---|---| | Yellow | 10 | | Red | 15 | | Magenta | 20 | | Blue | 18 | | Cyan | 16 | | Green | 14 |

• These adjustments are especially effective for images with clear colors.

1 Press the Color Edit key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Original Image Type Color Edit Paper Select Zoom 25% 2

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "5 Hue" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 3

text_image Select function. 3 Quick Image 4 Color Balance 5 Hue

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 4

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 3 QUICK IMAGE 4 COLOUR BALANCE 5 HUE

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the color range to be adjusted.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 5

text_image Select function. 1 All 2 Yellow - Blue 3 Magenta - Green

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 6

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 A11 ▶ 2 Y-B ▶ 3 M-G ▶

4 Press the Enter key. The "Adjust Hue" screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 7

text_image Adjust Hue (Y-B) 0 -3~+3

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 8

text_image ADJUST HUE (Y-B) 0 -3~+3

5 Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the hue for that color range as desired.

NOTE

Adjustment is possible in 7-step increments between -3 and +3.

[Example 1]

If you select "Yellow - Blue" ["Y-B"] and then select a minus value, greens near yellow will be intensified towards yellow and magenas near blue towards blue. (See sample ① on page iii.)

Océ OP30C - [Example 1] - 1

text_image Yellow Red Magenta Blue Cyan Green

[Example 2]

If you select "Yellow - Blue" ["Y-B"] and then select a plus value, reds near yellow will be intensified towards yellow and cyans near blue towards blue. (See sample ② on page iii.)

Océ OP30C - [Example 2] - 1

text_image Yellow Red Magenta Blue Cyan Green

6 7

Press the Enter key.

Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

6. Adjusting the sharpness

This setting adjusts the contours of the image. When, for example, copying originals that were written in pencil, if the text or lines are blurred or broken, increase the sharpness setting (select a plus value) and the text and lines should be copied more clearly. When copying pictures from magazines and the like where the dots in the photograph are evident and a moiré effect occurs (the phenomenon where the dots do not appear to be lined up properly but seem to be grouped together in patterns), decrease the sharpness (select a minus value) to lighten the contours and reduce the moiré effect.

NOTE

For a sample of copies made with an adjusted sharpness, see "Sharpness adjustment samples" on page iv.

1 Press the Color Edit key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Color Edit key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Original Image Type Color Edit Paper Select Zoom 1 25% 6 7 7 8

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select

“6 Sharpness” and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select - 1

text_image Select function. 4 Color Balance 5 Hue 6 Sharpness

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 4 COLOUR BALANCE ▶ 5 HUE ▶ 6 SHARPNESS ▶

3 Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the sharpness as desired.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the sharpness as desired. - 1

text_image Adjust Sharpness 0 -3~+3

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the sharpness as desired. - 2

text_image ADJUST SHARPNESS 0 -3~+3

NOTE

Adjustment is possible in 7-step increments between -3 and +3.

4 Press the Enter key.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400% 7 *

5 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

1. Making enlarged and reduced copies

(1) Auto magnification selection mode

With this mode, the original image is enlarged/reduced automatically according to the selected paper size.

Océ OP30C - Auto magnification selection mode - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["8 ½&quot; X 11&quot; (A4)"] --> C["11&quot; X 17&quot;: 129%"]
    B["5 ½&quot; X 8 ½&quot;: 64%"] --> C
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

1 Set the original to be copied.

The size of the original will be automatically detected and paper of the same size as the original will be selected.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Set the original to be copied. - 1

text_image Ready to copy. APS Mali 4C Mode 100% 8½x11 ▶ 2 8½x11 1

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Set the original to be copied. - 2

text_image READY TO COPY. APS MIX 4-COL. 100% A4 □ ▶² A4 □ 1

2 Press the Paper Select key and specify the paper size.

"AMS" and, under that, the appropriate magnification ratio will be displayed.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Paper Select key and specify the paper size. - 1

text_image Ready to copy. AMS MIX 4C Mode 129% 8½x11 ▶ 11x17 1

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Paper Select key and specify the paper size. - 2

text_image READY TO COPY. AMS MIX 4-COL. 141% A4 □ ▶ A3 □ 1

3 Press the Start key to begin the copying procedure.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Start key to begin the copying procedure. - 1

text_image C A.C.S. Full Color Start Black & White C C

(2) Zoom mode

With this mode, the magnification ratio can be set to any 1% increment between 25% and 400%.

Océ OP30C - Zoom mode - 1

geo | Shape | Percentage (%) | |---|---| | Square | 25 | | Triangle | 400 |

1 Set the original to be copied.

2 Use the Zoom(+) or the Zoom(-) key, as appropriate, to change the displayed magnification ratio to the desired ratio.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Zoom mode - 2

text_image Ready to copy. Zoom MIX 4C Mode 125% 11x8½ ▶ 12 11x8½ 1

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Zoom mode - 3

text_image READY TO COPY. ZOOM MIX 4-COL. 125% A4 □ ▶ A4 □ 1

If you want to change the paper size, press the Paper Select key.

3 Press the Start key to begin the copying procedure.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Zoom mode - 4

text_image 3 6 9 # Black&White Full Color A.C.S. Start 3 6 9 # C C

(3) Preset zoom mode

With this mode, the magnification ratio can be set to one of the pre-set ratios:

Available magnification ratios:

Inch specifications

Enlargement 400%

$$ 200 \% (5 1 / 2" \times 8 1 / 2" \rightarrow 11" \times 17") $$

$$ 154 \% (5 1 / 2" \times 8 1 / 2" \rightarrow 8 1 / 2" \times 14") $$

$$ 129 \% (8 1 / 2" \times 11" \rightarrow 11" \times 17") $$

$$ 121 \% (8 1 / 2" \times 14" \rightarrow 11" \times 17") $$

Reduction 78% (8 1/2" x 14" → 8 1/2" x11")

$$ 77 \% (1 1" \times 1 7" \rightarrow 8 1 / 2" \times 1 4") $$

$$ 64 \% (1 1" \times 1 7" \rightarrow 8 1 / 2" \times 1 1") $$

$$ 50 \% (11" \times 17" \rightarrow 5 1 / 2" \times 8 1 / 2") $$

$$ 25 \% $$

Metric specifications

Enlargement 400%

$$ 200 \% (A5 \rightarrow A3) $$

$$ 141 \% (A 4 \rightarrow A 3, A 5 \rightarrow A 4) $$

$$ 127 \% (\text { Folio } \rightarrow \text { A3 }) $$

$$ 106 \% (11" \times 15" \rightarrow A3) $$

Reduction 90% (Folio → A4)

$$ 75 \% (11" \times 15" \rightarrow A4) $$

$$ 70 \% (A3 \rightarrow A4, A4 \rightarrow A5) $$

$$ 50 \% (A3 \rightarrow A5) $$

$$ 25 \% $$

1 Set the original to be copied.

2 Press the Preset R/E key.

The "Standard Zoom" screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Metric specifications - 1

text_image Standard Zoom: 121%:8.5x14→11x17 100%: 78%:8.5x14→8.5x11

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Metric specifications - 2

text_image STANDARD ZOOM: 106%:11x15 →A3 100%: 90%:FOLIO →A4

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the magnification ratio that you want to use.

4

Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen and the selected ratio will be shown in the display.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Metric specifications - 3

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 * 5% 400% 1 4 7 *

NOTE

The magnification ratio can be entered directly using the numeric keys on the keypad, or it can be changed in 1% increments using the Zoom(+) and/or Zoom(-) keys.

5

Press the Start key to begin the copying procedure.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image 3 Full Color 6 A.C.S. 9 # Black & White Start 3 6 9 # 2/c //

(4) XY zoom mode

With this mode, it is possible for you to change the length and width of the copy image separately. The magnification ratio can be set to any 1% increment between 25% and 400%.

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 1

text_image M → M 120% 80%

1

Set the original to be copied.

2

Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 2

text_image Punch * Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film Digital Card Stock Editing Layout Duplex/ Page I reset R/E Auto Exp. 1 * / AAA # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #

3

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "6 XY Zoom" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 3

text_image Select function. 4 Invert 5 Mirror 6 XY Zoom

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 4

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 4 INVERT 5 MIRROR 6 XY ZOOM

4 Use the Zoom(+) or Zoom(-) key to specify the desired ratio for the width of the image. It is also possible for you to enter the ratio directly using the numeric keys on the keypad.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 5

text_image Enter magnification w/key pad. X zoom 123% Y zoom 100%

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 6

text_image NUMBER KEYS MODE:25-400% X ZOOM 123% Y ZOOM 100%

5 Press the ▼ cursor key to change to the length ratio setting.
6 Use the Zoom(+) or Zoom(-) key to specify the desired ratio for the length of the image. It is also possible for you to enter the ratio directly using the numeric keys on the keypad.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 7

text_image Enter magnification w/key pad. X zoom 123% Y zoom 134%

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 8

text_image NUMBER KEYS MODE:25-400% X ZOOM 123% Y ZOOM 134%

7 Press the Enter key. The XY zoom mode will be selected and the designated magnification ratios set, and an asterisk (※) will appear in front of the number for that setting.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 9

text_image 1 4 7 Zoom 5% 400% 1 4 7 *

8 Use the ▲ cursor key to select [1] Enter" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 10

text_image 1 4 7 Zoom 5% 400% 7 *

9 Press the Start key to begin the copying procedure.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - XY zoom mode - 11

text_image 3 Full Color 6 A.C.S. 9 Start Black & White 3 6 9 # c c / /

2. Interrupt copying

Interrupt copying is useful if, during one copy job, you want to copy other originals at different settings. Once the rush job is completed, the interrupted copy job can be resumed at the same settings as before.

Océ OP30C - Interrupt copying - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    B --> C["3"]
    C --> D["A"]
    D --> E["1"]
    E --> F["2"]
    F --> G["A"]
    G --> H["3"]

NOTE

Interrupt copying cannot be used to make copies in the transparency mode, the transparency + backing sheet mode, the presentation mode, the 2-sided copy modes or the insert sheet modes.

1

Press the Interrupt key. The Interrupt indicator will blink. Wait a while until "Interrupt mode OK" ["INTERRUPT MODE."] is displayed and the Interrupt indicator lights continuously.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

text_image Energy Saver Interrupt Stop/ Clear 1 2 3 Full Color 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2

Remove the original(s) that were currently being copied and put it (them) aside.

3

Set the new original(s) and perform the desired copy procedure.

4

When copying is completed, press the Interrupt key once again, and replace the newly copied original(s) with the one(s) removed before. Then, press the Start key. The interrupted copy job will be resumed.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 4 - 1

text_image Energy Saver Interrupt Stop/ Clear 1 2 3 Full Color 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3. Making duplex (2-sided) copies from various types of originals [2-sided copy modes]

With these modes, duplex (2-sided) copies can be made from a variety of originals including open-faced (books, etc.) originals or multiple one-sided originals.

NOTES

• These modes are only available in duplex copiers.
- 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.

(1) Making duplex (2-sided) copies from a 2-sided original

With this mode, a 2-sided original is copied and the front and back sides of the copy paper are used so that the copy looks just like the original.

Océ OP30C - Making duplex (2-sided) copies from a 2-sided original - 1

natural_image Diagram showing a folding or transformation process of a folded paper or sheet, with no text or symbols present.

NOTES

  • Only paper sizes between 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" and 11" x 17" [between A5R and A3] can be used in this mode.
  • The optional DF must be installed in your copier.

(2) Making duplex (2-sided) copies from an open-faced (books, etc.) original

With this mode, the two facing pages of a magazine or book are copied separately onto the front and back sides of the copy paper by simply pressing the Start key.

NOTES

- The binding direction of the originals can also be selected.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image ① 12 ② 21

① Left side binding: Open-faced originals are copied from the left side page first.
② Right side binding: Open-faced originals are copied from the right side page first.

- Only 8 1/2" x 11" and 11" x 8 1/2" [B5, A4R and A4] paper sizes can be used in this mode. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder, while B5 paper can be set onto the multi-bypass tray.)

(3) Making duplex (2-sided) copies from one-sided originals

With this mode, multiple one-sided originals are copied onto the front and back sides of the copy paper. If you are copying an odd number of originals, the back side of the last page will be blank.

Océ OP30C - Making duplex (2-sided) copies from one-sided originals - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    B --> C["3"]
    C --> D["4"]
    D --> E["5"]
    E --> F["3"]
    F --> G["1"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

NOTE

The image that is copied onto the back side of the copy can also be rotated 180 degrees.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Block ①: abc, def, ghi"] --> B["Block ②: abc, def, ghi"]
    A --> C["Arrow ①"]
    B --> D["Arrow ②"]

① Do not rotate: The back side of the copy will be created with the same orientation as the original.
② Rotate: The image that is copied onto the back side of the copy will be rotated 180 degree. If you then bind the copy set at the top, the images will be oriented in the same direction when flipped up like a calendar, etc.

1

Set the original to be copied.

2

Press the Duplex/Page Separation key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - 2 - 1

text_image Maple Sort Program Book Mode Transparency Digital Filer/ Card Stock Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Print Data Print Reac Print Atten Preset R/E Auto Exp. 1

3

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select “☐ 2-sided copy” and then press the Enter key.

The "Select 2-sided copy mode" ["SELECT DUPLEX COPY MODE"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 3 - 1

text_image Select function. 1 2-sided copy 2 Page separation

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 3 - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 2-SIDED COPY 2 PAGE SEPARATION

4

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the 2-sided copy mode that you want to use.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 4 - 1

text_image Select 2-sided copy mode. 1 1-sided to 2-sided 2 2-sided to 2-sided 3 Book original

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 4 - 2

text_image SELECT DUPLEX COPY MODE. ① 1-SIDED ORIG.> DUPLEX ▶ ② DUPLEX ORIG.> DUPLEX ③ BOOK ORIGINAL ▶

5

Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "1 1-sided to 2-sided" ["1 1-SIDED ORIG. > DUPLEX"], go to the next step.
  • If you selected "|2| 2-sided to 2-sided" ["|2| DUPLEX ORIG. > DUPLEX"], the "2-sided mode" ["DUPLEX MODE"] screen will appear. In this case, go directly to step 10.
  • If you selected "3 Book original", go directly to step 8.

6 Select whether you want the image that is copied onto the back side of the copy to be rotated 180 degrees or not.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 5 - 1

text_image Rotate Back Side Image? 1 No 2 Yes AB AB

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 5 - 2

text_image LEFT OR TOP BINDING? 1 NO 2 YES AB AB

7 Press the Enter key

The "2-sided mode" ["DUPLEX MODE"] screen will appear. Go directly to step 10.

8 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the binding direction of the original being copied.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 5 - 3

text_image Select book org. stitch side. 1 Left side 2 Right side

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 5 - 4

text_image SELECT BOOK ORIG. BINDING SIDE 1 LEFT SIDE 2 RIGHT SIDE

Press the Enter key.

The "2-sided mode" ["DUPLEX MODE"] screen will appear.

10 Press the Start key. Scanning of the original will start.

  • If you set the originals in the optional DF, copying will start automatically.
  • If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 5 - 5

text_image 3 Full Color 6 A.C.S. 9 Start

Black &

White 3 6 9 # c c

11 Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start. Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Black &amp; - 1

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400% 7 *

4. Copying two-page originals onto separate sheets [Page separation modes]

(1) Page separation from book originals

With this mode, the two facing pages of an open-faced original such as a magazine, book or the like are each copied onto a separate sheet of paper.

Océ OP30C - Page separation from book originals - 1

text_image 12→12

NOTES

  • Only 11" x 8 1/2" [B5R and A4] size originals can be used in this mode. If the Memory Copy Board is installed in your copier, 8 1/2" x 11" and 11" x 8 1/2" [B5R, B5, A4R and A4] size originals can be used. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder, while B5 paper can be set onto the multi-bypass tray.)
  • Same-size (100% [1:1]) copying is possible in the following cases: When copying 11" x 17" open-faced (books, etc.) onto 11" x 8 1/2" paper
    When copying A3 open-faced (books, etc.) onto A4 paper When copying B4 open-faced (books, etc.) onto B5 paper In any other case, the image will be enlarged or reduced to fit the size of paper.
  • The binding direction of the originals can also be selected.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image ① 12 ② 21 → 12

① Left side binding: Open-faced originals are copied from the left side page first.
② Right side binding: Open-faced originals are copied from the right side page first.

(2) Page separation from 2-sided originals

With this mode, the two sides of a 2-sided original are each copied onto a separate sheet of paper.

Océ OP30C - Page separation from 2-sided originals - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["1"] --> B["1"]
    B --> C["2"]

1

Set the original to be copied.

NOTE

When copying from a book, set the book on the platen as shown in the illustration.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

natural_image Line drawing of hands placing a labeled box into an open machine (no text or symbols)

2

Press the Duplex/Page Separation key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 1

text_image Maple Sort Program Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Print Data Print Read Print Atten Preset R/E Auto Exp. 1

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "12 Page separation" and then press the Enter key. The "Select 1-sided copy mode." screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 2

text_image Select function. 1 2-sided copy ▶ 2 Page separation ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 3

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 2-SIDED COPY 2 PAGE SEPARATION

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the page separation mode that you want to use.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 4

text_image Select 1-sided copy mode. ① 2-sided to 1-sided ② Book original ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 5

text_image SELECT 1-SIDED COPY MODE. ① DUPLEX > 1-SIDED ② BOOK ORIGINAL ▶

5 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "1 2-sided to 1-sided" ["1 DUPLEX >
    1-SIDED"], the message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.
  • If you selected "|2| Book original", go to the next step.

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the binding direction of the original being copied.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 6

text_image Select book org. stitch side. 1 Left side 2 Right side

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 7

text_image SELECT BOOK ORIG. BINDING SIDE 1 LEFT SIDE 2 RIGHT SIDE

7 Press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

8 Press the Start key to begin the copying procedure.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 2 - 8

text_image C A.C.S. Full Color Start Black & White C / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / A.C.S.

5. Making a margin space for binding [Margin mode]

NOTE

If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

(1) Left margin

The image of the original is shifted to the right to make a margin (blank space) for binding on the left side of the paper.

Océ OP30C - Left margin - 1

text_image A → A

NOTES

  • The margin width can be set to any 1/8" increment between 1/4" and 3/4" [1 mm increment between 6 mm and 18 mm].
  • It is also possible for you to select the default setting for the margin width from among the range indicated above. (See “ ^15 Margin width” on page 7-20.)
  • If you select to have a left margin created during 2-sided copying, a right margin that is the same width as the margin on the front side will be automatically created on the back side of the copies.

(2) Top margin

The image of the original is shifted downward to make a margin for binding on the top side of the paper.

Océ OP30C - Top margin - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["A"] --> B["A"]

NOTES

  • The margin width can be set to any 1/8" increment between 1/4" and 3/4" [1 mm increment between 6 mm and 18 mm].
  • It is also possible for you to select the default setting for the margin width from among the range indicated above. (See “⑮ Margin width” on page 7-20.)

(3) Front & back margin

When you are making 2-sided copies, the margin positions and widths can be selected separately for the front and back sides.

Océ OP30C - Front &amp; back margin - 1

text_image A B → A

NOTES

  • The margin widths can be set to any 1/8" increment between 1/4" and 3/4" [1 mm increment between 1 mm and 18 mm].
  • The margin position that can be selected for the back side will differ depending upon the margin position that is selected for the front side. A circle ("○") in the following table indicates that the setting is possible.
Rear side\Front side“Left Margin”“Right Margin”“Top Margin”“Bottom Margin”“No Margin”
“Left Margin”
“Right Margin”
“Top Margin”
“Bottom Margin”
“No Margin”

1 Set the original to be copied.

NOTE

Set originals as shown in the illustration. Setting them in the wrong direction may cause the margin to be created in the correct position.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into an open printer (no text or symbols visible)

2 Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Punch # Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Filing Digital Editing Package Duplex/ Page Layout Copy Print Data Print Read Print Atten Ireset R/E Auto Exp. */AAA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "2 Margin" and then press the Enter key.

The "Select Margin" ["SELECT MARGIN TYPE"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "2 Margin" and then press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Enter 2 Margin 3 Border Erase

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "2 Margin" and then press the Enter key. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 ENTER 2 MARGIN ▶ 3 BORDER ERASE ▶

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select where you want the margin to be created.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select where you want the margin to be created. - 1

text_image Select Margin. 1 Left Margin 2 Top Margin 3 F&B Margin

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select where you want the margin to be created. - 2

text_image SELECT MARGIN TYPE. 1 LEFT MARGIN 2 TOP MARGIN 3 F&B MARGIN

5 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected “1 Left Margin” or “2 Top Margin”, go to the next step.
  • If you selected "3 F&B Margin", go directly to step 9.

6 If you want to change the selected margin width, use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired width. If you want to copy with the currently selected margin width, go to the next step.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - If you want to change the selected margin width, use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired width. If you want to copy with the currently selected margin width, go to the next step. - 1

text_image Margin width: 1/4" 1/4"~3/4"

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - If you want to change the selected margin width, use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired width. If you want to copy with the currently selected margin width, go to the next step. - 2

text_image MARGIN WIDTH: 6mm 6~18mm

NOTE

The margin width can be set to any 1/8" increment between 1/4" and 3/4" [1 mm increment between 6 mm and 18 mm].

7 Press the Enter key.

8 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1| Enter" and then press the

Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

9 Check the settings shown for the front & back margins. If you

Enter key. In this case, go directly to step 19.

If you want to change the settings, go to the next step.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Check the settings shown for the front &amp; back margins. If you - 1

text_image Front & Back Margin: ① Front :No Back :Bottom 1/4" ② Change # ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Check the settings shown for the front &amp; back margins. If you - 2

text_image FRONT & BACK MARGIN: 1 FRONT :NO BACK :BOTTOM 6mm 2 CHANGE # ▶

10 Use the ▼ cursor key to select "|2| Change #", and then press the Enter key.

The "Select Front Margin" screen will appear.

11 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select where you want the margin to be created.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select where you want the margin to be created. - 1

text_image Select Front Margin. 3 Top Margin 4 Bottom Margin 5 No Margin

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select where you want the margin to be created. - 2

text_image SELECT FRONT MARGIN. 3 TOP MARGIN 4 BOTTOM MARGIN 5 NO MARGIN

12 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "Left Margin", "Right Margin", "Top Margin" or "Bottom Margin", go to the next step.
  • If you selected "No Margin", go directly to step 15.

13 Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired margin width.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired margin width. - 1

text_image Margin width: 1/4" 1/4"~3/4"

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired margin width. - 2

text_image MARGIN WIDTH: 6mm 1~18mm

NOTE

The margin width can be set to any 1/8" increment between 1/4" and 3/4" [1 mm increment between 1 mm and 18 mm].

14 Press the Enter key.

15 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to where on the back side of the copies you want the margin to be created.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to where on the back side of the copies you want the margin to be created. - 1

text_image Select Back Margin. 1 Left Margin 2 Right Margin 3 Top Margin

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to where on the back side of the copies you want the margin to be created. - 2

text_image SELECT BACK MARGIN. 1 LEFT MARGIN 2 RIGHT MARGIN 3 TOP MARGIN

NOTE

The margin position that can be selected for the back side will differ depending on the margin position that is selected for the front side.

See the chart on page 6-11.

16 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "Left Margin", "Right Margin", "Top Margin" or "Bottom Margin", go to the next step.
  • If you selected "No Margin", go directly to step 19.

17 Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the desired margin width.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Margin width: 1/4" 1/4"~3/4"

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 2

text_image MARGIN WIDTH: 6mm 1~18mm <<>

NOTE

The margin width can be set to any 1/8" increment between 1/4" and 3/4" [1 mm increment between 1 mm and 18 mm].

18 Press the Enter key.

19 Use the ▲ cursor key to select “1 Enter” and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the “Ready to copy.” screen.

6. Making copies with clean edges [Border erase modes]

NOTE

If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

(1) Erasing blemishes from edges of copies (Sheet erase mode)

With this mode, shadows, lines, etc., that occur around the edges of copies made from sheet originals can be erased. (The erased border width is shown as ⓐ in the illustration.)

Océ OP30C - Erasing blemishes from edges of copies (Sheet erase mode) - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Document with leaf symbol"] --> B["Empty image file"]

NOTES

  • The width of the border to be erased can be set to either 1/4", 1/2" or 3/4" [6 mm, 12 mm or 18 mm].
  • It is possible for you to change the default setting for the width of the erased border. (See "⑯ Erased border width" on page 7-20.)

(2) Erasing blemishes from the edges and middle of copies made from books (Book erase mode)

With this mode, you can make clean copies, even from thick books. (The erased border width is shown as ⓐ in the illustration.)

Océ OP30C - Erasing blemishes from the edges and middle of copies made from books (Book erase mode) - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["abcdefghijk"] -->|a| B["abcdefghijk"]
    B --> C["abcdefghijk"]
    C --> D["abcdefghijk"]
    D --> E["abcdefghijk"]
    E --> F["abcdefghijk"]
    F --> G["abcdefghijk"]
    G --> H["abcdefghijk"]
    H --> I["abcdefghijk"]
    I --> J["abcdefghijk"]

NOTES

  • The width of the border to be erased can be set to either 1/4", 1/2" or 3/4" [6 mm, 12 mm or 18 mm].
  • It is possible for you to change the default setting for the width of the erased border. (See "⑯ Erased border width" on page 7-20.)

(3) Selecting the erasing area (Custom erase mode)

With this mode, you can make clean, blemish-free copies from non-standard size originals, i.e. sizes other than 8 1/2" x 11", 11" x 17" [A4, B4], etc. (The width of the border that will be erased is shown as ⓐ in the illustration.)

Océ OP30C - Selecting the erasing area (Custom erase mode) - 1

text_image Y X → X Y ①

NOTES

  • The size of the original that is being copied must be registered in advance. (See "⑰ Custom erase size" on page 7-21.)
  • The illustration above shows how copies will be created when the original is set on the platen.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

Set the original to be copied.

NOTE

Set book originals as shown in the illustration.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

natural_image Line drawing of hands placing a box with letter 'Z' on top, next to an open printer (no text or symbols)

2 Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Punch /* Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Digital Filing Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Reset R/E Auto Exp. /* /AAA * /AAAA 1 B/10 1

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Border Erase" and then press the Enter key.

The "Select Erase effect" screen will appear.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Border Erase" and then press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Enter 2 Margin 3 Border Erase

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Border Erase" and then press the Enter key. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 ENTER 2 MARGIN ► 3 BORDER ERASE ►

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the border erase mode that you want to use.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the border erase mode that you want to use. - 1

text_image Select Erase effect. 1 Sheet Erase ▶ 2 Book Erase ▶ 3 Custom Sheet

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the border erase mode that you want to use. - 2

text_image SELECT ERASE EFFECT. 1 SHEET ERASE ▶ 2 BOOK ERASE ▶ 3 CUSTOM ERASE

5 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "1 Sheet Erase" or "2 Book Erase", go to the next step.
  • If you selected "3 Custom Sheet", go directly to step 8.

NOTE

In order to use the “③ Custom Sheet” setting, the size of the original that is being copied must be registered in advance. (See “⑰ Custom erase size” on page 7-21.)

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the width of the border that you want to have erased.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the width of the border that you want to have erased. - 1

text_image Select width for Border erase. 1 1/4" 2 1/2" 3 3/4"

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the width of the border that you want to have erased. - 2

text_image SELECT SHEET ERASE WIDTH 1 6mm 2 12mm 3 18mm

NOTES

  • The width of the border to be erased can be set to either 1/4", 1/2" or 3/4" [6 mm, 12 mm or 18 mm].
    • The arrow (>) indicates the current setting.

7 Press the Enter key.

8 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 | Enter" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

7. Inverting black and white AND colors [Invert mode]

With this mode, you can make copies where the black and white, as well as the color, areas of the image are inverted (or reversed).

Océ OP30C - Inverting black and white AND colors [Invert mode] - 1

text_image Diagram showing transformation of flower patterns into carrot and eggplant shapes, with arrows indicating progression.

NOTE

If multiple inverted copies are performed, "Please wait. Adding toner." ["PLEASE WAIT. NOW ADDING TONER."] may appear in the message display.

1 Set the original to be copied.
2 Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 2 MARGIN 3 BORDER ERASE 4 INVERT

4 Press the Enter key. The invert mode will be selected and an asterisk (✗) will appear in front of the number for that setting.

NOTE

In order to cancel the invert mode, use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the invert mode again and then press the Enter key. The asterisk (✗) will be removed and the setting canceled.

5 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1| Enter" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

8. Making mirror image copies [Mirror image mode]

With this mode, you can make mirror image copies.

Océ OP30C - Making mirror image copies [Mirror image mode] - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Mouse sleeping"] --> B["Second state"]

1 Set the original to be copied.
2 Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Making mirror image copies [Mirror image mode] - 2

text_image Punch * Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Filing Digital Editing Card Stock Layout Duplex/ Page Reset R/E Auto Exp. 1 * / AAA # B/ID # 1

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "5 Mirror". Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Making mirror image copies [Mirror image mode] - 3

text_image Select function. 3 Border Erase 4 Invert 5 Mirror

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Making mirror image copies [Mirror image mode] - 4

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 3 BORDER ERASE 4 INVERT 5 MIRROR

4 Press the Enter key. The mirror image mode will be selected and an asterisk (*) will appear in front of the number for that setting.

NOTE

In order to cancel the mirror image mode, use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the mirror image mode again and then press the Enter key. The asterisk (*) will be removed and the setting canceled.

5 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 | Enter" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

9. Printing page numbers on copies [Print page numbers mode]

When you make copies from multiple originals, you can have page numbers assigned to the corresponding copies in numerical order from the first original. There are three styles of page numbers to choose from: "-1-", "P.1" and "1/5".

Océ OP30C - Printing page numbers on copies [Print page numbers mode] - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Block A"] --> D["Block D"]
    B["Block B"] --> D["Block D"]
    C["Block C"] --> D["Block D"]
    D["Block D"] --> A["Block A"]
    A["Block A"] --> D["Block D"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    arrow["-->"] --> A["Block A"]
    arrow["-->"] --> B["Block B"]
    arrow["-->"] --> C["Block C"]
    arrow["-->"] --> D["Block D"]

NOTES

• Page numbers will be printed in black in the position shown in the illustration.
- If you select "1/5" as the style of page number, the total number of pages will be printed as the denominator.
- The setting for the page on which page numbers will start to be printed can be selected to any number, except for "0", between "-10" and "900".
- The print page number mode is NOT available for use together with the zoom mode, preset zoom mode or XY zoom mode.
- If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

1 Set the original to be copied.

NOTE

Set originals as shown in the illustration.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Diagram showing a hand inserting a card into a printer, with a magnified inset highlighting the card's size.

2 Press the Digital Editing key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image Punch Simple Sort Sort #/Language Auto Selection/Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film Digital Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/Page Ireset R/E Auto Exp. */AAA Print Data Print Read Print Atten Auto Exp.

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "8 Page No." ["PAGE #"] and then press the Enter key.

The "Select Page # style" ["SELECT PAGE NUMBER TYPE"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

text_image Select function. 6 XY Zoom 7 Monocolor 8 Page No.

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 4

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 6 XY ZOOM 7 MONOCOLOUR 8 PAGE #

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the style of page numbers that you want to be used.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 5

text_image Select Page # style. ① Style 1 -l- ② Style 2 P.1 ③ Style 3 1/5

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 6

text_image SELECT PAGE NUMBER TYPE. 1 -1- 2 P.1 3 1/5

5 Press the Enter key.

6 If you want to change the page on which page numbers will start to be print, use the numeric keys on the keypad or press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ key to change the setting to that desired.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 7

text_image Enter first Number. -10~-1,1~900 First page: 1

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 8

text_image ENTER FIRST PAGE NUMBER. -10~-1,1~900 START PAGE: 1

NOTES

  • The setting for the page on which page numbers will start to be print can be selected to any number, except for "0", between "-10" and "900".
  • If you enter a minus (-) number, page numbers will not be printed on that many pages. After copying is completed on that number of pages, printed page numbers will be started from page 1. For example, to start printing from the third original, select "-2".

7 Press the Enter key.
8 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1" Enter" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.
Press the Start key. Scanning of the original will start.

- If you set the originals in the optional DF, copying will start automatically.

- If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image 3 Full Color 6 9 # Black & White A.C.S. Start 3 6 9 # c c

10 Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start. Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400%

10. Feeding paper as a backing sheet for OHP transparencies [Transparency + backing sheet mode]

When 2 or 3 transparencies are piled on top of one another, static electricity can cause problems. This mode automatically places a backing sheet between the transparencies during copying. You can also select whether or not to have the image of the original copied onto the backing sheet.

Océ OP30C - Feeding paper as a backing sheet for OHP transparencies [Transparency + backing sheet mode] - 1

text_image A B C

NOTE

If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

(1) Copying onto the backing sheet

With this setting, after the original is copied onto the transparency, the same image will be copied onto the backing sheet as well. (The asterisk “*” in the illustration indicates the transparencies.)

Océ OP30C - Copying onto the backing sheet - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["3D Block Structure"] --> B["2D Layer"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

(2) Leaving the backing sheet blank

With this setting, the original will be copied onto the transparency but the backing sheet will be left blank. (The asterisk “*” in the illustration indicates the transparencies.)

Océ OP30C - Leaving the backing sheet blank - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Block 1"] --> C["Point 1"]
    B["Block 2"] --> C["Point 1"]
    D["Block 3"] --> E["Point 2"]
    F["Block 3"] --> G["Point 3"]
    C --> H["*"]
    E --> I["*"]
    G --> J["*"]

1

Set the transparency film in the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a device (no text or symbols)

NOTES

• Fan through the transparencies before setting them.
- Up to 25 transparencies can be set on the multi-bypass tray at one time.
- Make sure that paper of the same size as the transparencies has been loaded into a drawer.

2

Set the originals to be copied.

3 Press the Transparency Film / Card Stock key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Transparency Film / Card Stock key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Punch */ Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Duplex/ Page Separation Preset Aut Exp */ Aää B/4 B/10

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 | Transparency Mode" and then press the Enter key. The "Select function" screen will appear.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 | Transparency Mode" and then press the Enter key. The "Select function" screen will appear. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Transparency Mode 2 Thick paper Mode 3 Inserts Mode

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 | Transparency Mode" and then press the Enter key. The "Select function" screen will appear. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 TRANSPARENCY MODE 2 THICK PAPER MODE 3 INSERT MODE

5 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 | Transparency + backing" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 | Transparency + backing" and then press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Transparency+backing ▶ 2 Presentation ▶ 3 OHP film

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 | Transparency + backing" and then press the Enter key. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 TRANSPARENCY+BACKING ▶ 2 HAND-OUT ▶ 3 OHP FILM

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select whether you want to have the image copied onto the backing sheets or not.

  • If you DO want to have the image copied onto the backing sheets, select "|2| Copy" ["|2| COPIED"].
  • If you do NOT want to have the image copied onto the backing sheets, select "1 | Blank".

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select whether you want to have the image copied onto the backing sheets or not. - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Copy on backing sheet?"] --> B["Blank"]
    A --> C["Copy"]
    B --> D["AB"]
    C --> D

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select whether you want to have the image copied onto the backing sheets or not. - 2

text_image COPY ON BACKING SHEET? 1 BLANK ▶ 2 COPIED ▶ AB → AB

7 Press the Enter key.

8 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied.

Select "1 1-sided" if you are using 1-sided originals and "2 2-sided" if you are using 2-sided originals.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied. - 1

text_image Select original. ① 1-sided ② 2-sided

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied. - 2

text_image SELECT ORIGINAL. ① 1-SIDED ② 2-SIDED

Press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

11. Preparing presentation materials to go with transparencies [Presentation mode]

Multiple copies of the original image can be made onto standard copy paper while the transparency + backing sheet mode (see page 6-21) is selected. This mode is convenient for preparing materials to accompany transparencies.

NOTES

  • If your machine is a duplex copier, it is possible for you to make duplex (2-sided) copies onto the standard copy paper.
  • If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

(1) Copying onto the backing sheet

With this setting, after the original is copied onto the transparency and the same image copied onto the backing sheet (see “(1) Copying onto the backing sheet” on page 6-21), the same image will be copied onto a specified number of sheets of standard copy paper as well. (The asterisk “*” in the illustration indicates the transparencies.)

Océ OP30C - Copying onto the backing sheet - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Document Block 1"] --> C["Structured Layout"]
    B["Document Block 2"] --> C
    D["Document Block 3"] --> C
    C --> E["Text: Asterisk at Group 1"]
    C --> F["Text: Asterisk at Group 2"]
    C --> G["Text: Asterisk at Group 3"]

(2) Leaving the backing sheet blank

With this setting, after the original is copied onto the transparency but the backing sheet left blank (see “(2) Leaving the backing sheet blank” on page 6-21) the same image will be copied onto a specified number of sheets of standard copy paper as well. (The asterisk “*” in the illustration indicates the transparencies.)

Océ OP30C - Leaving the backing sheet blank - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    A --> C["3"]
    B --> D["1"]
    B --> E["2"]
    B --> F["3"]
    C --> G["1"]
    C --> H["2"]
    C --> I["3"]
    D --> J["•"]
    E --> K["•"]
    F --> L["•"]
    G --> M["•"]
    H --> N["•"]
    I --> O["•"]

1 Set the transparency film in the multi-bypass tray and select the transparency mode.

Océ OP30C - Leaving the backing sheet blank - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a device (no text or symbols)

NOTES

• Fan through the transparencies before setting them.
- Up to 25 transparencies can be set on the multi-bypass tray at one time.
- Make sure that paper of the same size as the transparencies has been loaded into a drawer.

2 Set the originals to be copied.

3 Press the Transparency Film / Card Stock key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image Punch */ Language Auto Selection/Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Duplex/Page Separation Preset Autt Exp */ AÃÃ #/F #/V #/V #/V

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select

"1 | Transparency Mode" and then press the Enter key. The "Select function" screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Select function. 1 Transparency Mode 2 Thick paper Mode 3 Inserts Mode

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 3

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 TRANSPARENCY MODE 2 THICK PAPER MODE 3 INSERT MODE

5 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "2 Presentation" ["2 HAND-OUT"] and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 4

text_image Select function. 1 Transparency+backing ▶ 2 Presentation ▶ 3 OHP film

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 5

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 TRANSPARENCY+BACKING ▶ 2 HAND-OUT ▶ 3 OHP FILM

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select whether you want to have the image copied onto the first backing sheets or not.

  • If you DO want to have the image copied onto the backing sheets, select "2 Copy" ["2 COPIED"].
  • If you do NOT want to have the image copied onto the backing sheets, select "1 Blank".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 6

text_image Copy on backing sheet? 1 Blank ▶ 2 Copy ▶ AB → AB

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 7

text_image COPY ON BACKING SHEET? 1 BLANK ▶ 2 COPIED ▶ AB → AB

7 Press the Enter key.
8 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied.

Select "1 1-sided" if you are using 1-sided originals and "2 2-sided" if you are using 2-sided originals.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 8

text_image Select original. 1 1-sided ▶ 2 2-sided ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 9

text_image SELECT ORIGINAL. 1 1-SIDED ▶ 2 2-SIDED ▶

9 Press the Enter key.

  • If your machine is a duplex copier, go to the next step.
  • If your machine is a standard copier, go directly to step 12.

10 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of finished copies you want to make.

Select "1 1-sided" if you want to make 1-sided copies and "2 2-sided" if you want to make 2-sided copies.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 10

text_image Select copy output. 1 1-sided 2 2-sided

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 11

text_image SELECT COPY MODE. ① 1-SIDED ② 2-SIDED

11 Press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

12 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the number of copies that you want to make.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 12

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # Full Color Black& White 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 #

NOTES

• Each transparency and backing sheet will be ejected first, followed by the set of standard copies.
- If the optional Document Finisher is installed in your copier, the transparencies and backing sheets will be ejected onto the non-sort tray on the Document Finisher and the standard copy sets will be ejected one by one onto its sort tray.

12 Press the Start key. Scanning of the originals will start.

- If you set the originals in the optional DF, copying will start automatically.

- If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Start key. Scanning of the originals will start. - 1

text_image 3 Full Color 6 A.C.S. 9 Start Black & White 3 6 9 # c c //

14 Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start. Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start. Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start. - 1

text_image 1 4 7 Zoom 5% 400% 7 *

12. Adding covers and separation inserts to your copy sets [Insert sheet modes]

There are two insert sheet modes: cover and separation insert.

Océ OP30C - Adding covers and separation inserts to your copy sets [Insert sheet modes] - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Layer 1"] --> B["Layer 2"]
    B --> C["Layer 3"]
    C --> D["Layer 4"]
    D --> E["Layer 5"]
    E --> F["Layer 6"]
    F --> G["Layer 7"]
    G --> H["Layer 8"]
    H --> I["Layer 9"]
    I --> J["Layer 10"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

NOTE

If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

(1) Insert sheet modes

- Cover mode

With this mode, paper fed from the multi-bypass tray is added as front and back covers to the copy sets.

The front cover can be made into a 1-sided copy or be left blank. With the back cover, you can select whether to copy onto the cover or not, as well as whether or not to even including a back cover at all.

Océ OP30C - - Cover mode - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    B --> C["3"]
    C --> D["4"]
    D --> E["5"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

* Refer to the following table for the types of finished copies that each combination of settings will make.

Back coverFront coverOriginalCopy on frontBlankNo back cover
Copy on frontOcé OP30C - - Cover mode - 2Océ OP30C - - Cover mode - 3Océ OP30C - - Cover mode - 4Océ OP30C - - Cover mode - 5
BlankOcé OP30C - - Cover mode - 6Océ OP30C - - Cover mode - 7Océ OP30C - - Cover mode - 8Océ OP30C - - Cover mode - 9

* The illustration shows the result when 1-sided copies are made.

● Separation insert mode

With this mode, sheets can be inserted at specified points among copies of multiple originals. You can also select whether to copy onto the inserted sheets themselves or not.

Océ OP30C - ● Separation insert mode - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Stack 1"] --> B["Stack 2"]
    A --> C["Stack 3"]
    A --> D["Stack 4"]
    A --> E["Stack 5"]
    F["Stack 1"] --> G["Stack 2"]
    F --> H["Stack 3"]
    F --> I["Stack 4"]
    F --> J["Stack 5"]

NOTES

  • The drawer which contains the paper that to be fed as insert sheets must be designated in advance. (See “18 Insert tray” on page 7-21.)
  • If "Bypass" is selected under "⑱ Insert tray" on page 7-21, it will not be possible to make 2-sided copies of the separation inserts.
  • The available settings for this mode will differ depending upon the type of originals being copied and the type of finished copies that are being made.

A circle ("○") in the following table indicates that the setting is possible.

Types of copy settings availableOriginal/ Copy typeCopy onto front and backCopy on front onlyLeave both front and back blank
1-sided originals1-sided copies
2-sided copies
2-sided originals1-sided copies
2-sided copies

① If you choose to copy on the front and back side of the insert sheets...
* The illustration shows the result when 2-sided copies are made.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Stack 1"] --> D["Folded Sheet"]
    B["Stack 2"] --> D
    C["Stack 3"] --> D
    E["Stack 4"] --> D
    F["Stack 5"] --> D
    D --> G["Final Folded Sheet"]

② If you choose to copy on the front side of the insert sheets only...

* The illustration shows the result when 2-sided copies are made.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Stack 1"] --> B["Stack 2"]
    A --> C["Stack 3"]
    A --> D["Stack 4"]
    A --> E["Stack 5"]
    B --> F["Folded Card with Section 1 and Section 2"]
    C --> G["Folded Card with Section 3"]
    D --> H["Folded Card with Section 4"]

③ If you choose to leave both the front and back side of the insert sheets blank...
* The illustration shows the result when 2-sided copies are made.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1, 2, 3, 4, 5"] --> B["2, 3, 4, 5"]
    B --> C["3, 4, 5"]

(2) Making copies with the insert sheet modes

NOTES

  • If your machine is a duplex copier, it is possible for you to make duplex (2-sided) copies in this mode.
  • 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.

1 Press the Transparency Film / Card Stock key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Transparency Film / Card Stock key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort */ Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Suplex/ Page Separation Preset Aut Exo */ AÃÃ / /

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|3| Inserts Mode" ["3| INSERT MODE"].

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|3| Inserts Mode" ["3| INSERT MODE"]. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Transparency Mode ▶ 2 Thick paper Mode 3 Inserts Mode ▶

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|3| Inserts Mode" ["3| INSERT MODE"]. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 TRANSPARENCY MODE ▶ 2 THICK PAPER MODE 3 INSERT MODE ▶

3 Press the Enter key. The "Select original" screen will appear.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied.

Select "1 1-sided" if you are using 1-sided originals and "2 2-sided" if you are using 2-sided originals.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied. - 1

text_image Select original. 1 1-sided ▶ 2 2-sided ▶

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied. - 2

text_image SELECT ORIGINAL. 1 1-SIDED ▶ 2 2-SIDED ▶

5 Press the Enter key.

  • If your machine is a duplex copier, go to the next step
  • If your machine is a standard copier, go directly to step 10.

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of finished copies you want to make.

Select "1 1-sided" if you want to make 1-sided copies and "2 2-sided" if you want to make 2-sided copies.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of finished copies you want to make. - 1

text_image Select copy output. 1 1-sided ▶ 2 2-sided ▶

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of finished copies you want to make. - 2

text_image SELECT COPY MODE. ① 1-SIDED ▶ ② 2-SIDED ▶

7 Press the Enter key.

If you selected "1 1-sided" in step 4 and "2 2-sided" in step 6, go to the next step. Otherwise, go directly to step 10.

8 Select whether you want the image that is copied onto the back side of the copies to be rotated 180 degrees or not.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Select whether you want the image that is copied onto the back side of the copies to be rotated 180 degrees or not. - 1

text_image Rotate Back Side Image? 1 No ▶ 2 Yes ▶ AB AB

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Select whether you want the image that is copied onto the back side of the copies to be rotated 180 degrees or not. - 2

text_image TOP BINDING? (NO=LEFT BIND.) 1 LEFT ▶ 2 TOP ▶ AB AB

9 Press the Enter key.

10 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the insert sheet mode that you want to use.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the insert sheet mode that you want to use. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Cover 2 Insert 3 Cover+Insert

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the insert sheet mode that you want to use. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 COVER 2 INSERT 3 COVER+INSERT

11 Press the Enter key. Perform the procedure below that corresponds to the mode that you selected.

  • If you selected "|1| Cover" or "|3 Cover+Insert" here, go to the next step ("● Cover mode settings").
  • If you selected "12 Insert" here, go directly to step 21 ("● Separation insert mode settings").

NOTE

If you selected both modes “[3] Cover+Insert”, the screen for the cover mode will be displayed first.

● Cover mode settings

12 Set the paper that you want to use as the covers in the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a printer (no text or symbols)

13 The currently selected cover mode settings will be displayed.

  • If you want to change any of the settings, use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ key and select either "Front" or "Back".
  • If you want to copy with the currently selected settings, go directly to step 19.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 2

text_image Select Cover mode. End Front :Copy Back :None

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 3

text_image SELECT COVER MODE. END FRONT :COPIED BACK :NONE

14 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "Front", go to the next step.
  • If you selected "Back", go directly to step 17.

15 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select whether you want to copy onto the front cover or not.

If you DO want to copy onto the front cover, select "Frt copy" ["COPIED"]. Otherwise, select "Blank".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 4

text_image Select Cover mode. Front: ➕ Frt copy Blank

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 5

text_image SELECT COVER MODE. FRONT: → COPIED BLANK

16 Press the Enter key.

  • If you are finished changing the cover mode settings, go to step 19.
  • If you want to change the settings for the back cover as well, use the ▼ cursor key to select "Back", and then press the Enter key.

17 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select whether you want to copy onto the back cover or not.

If you DO want to copy onto the back cover, select "Frt copy" ["COPIED"]. Otherwise, select "Blank".

* If you do not want to have a back cover included at all, select "No".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 6

text_image Select Cover mode. Back: Frt copy Blank No

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 7

text_image SELECT COVER MODE. BACK: COPIED BLANK NO

18 Press the Enter key.

19 If you are finished changing the settings for the cover mode, use the ▲ cursor key to select "End".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 8

text_image Select Cover mode. End Front :Copy Back :None

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Cover mode settings - 9

text_image SELECT COVER MODE. END FRONT :COPIED ▶ BACK :NONE ▶

20 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "|3| Cover+Insert" in step 10, go to the next step ("● Separation insert mode settings").
  • If you selected "1 Cover" in step 10, go directly to step 26.

● Separation insert mode settings

21 The "Copy on Insert sheet?" screen will be displayed. Select whether you want to copy onto the separation inserts or not. If you DO want to copy onto the separation inserts, select "Frt copy" ["COPIED"]. Otherwise, select "Blank".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Separation insert mode settings - 1

text_image Copy on Insert sheet? 2-sided ▶ Frt copy ▶ Blank ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ● Separation insert mode settings - 2

text_image COPY ON INSERT SHEET? DUPLEX COPIED BLANK

NOTES

  • If you selected "2 2-sided" in step 6 and you want to make the separation inserts into 2-sided copies as well, select "2-sided" ["DUPLEX"] here.
  • If you selected "1 1-sided" in step 6, "2-sided" ["DUPLEX"] will not be available for selection here.
  • If "Bypass" is selected under "⑱ Insert tray" on page 7-21, "2-sided" ["DUPLEX"] will not be available for selection here.

22 Press the Enter key.

23 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the page number(s) that will specify where the separation insert sheets will be inserted. The sheets will then be inserted before the designated page.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image Enter Insert page.

# # # #

0 0 0 0

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - # # # # - 1

text_image ENTER INSERT PAGE #.

NOTE

If you selected "2 2-sided" in step 6, be sure not to enter the number of original sheets; enter the total number of pages being copied on the originals. In other words, each original should be counted as 2 pages.

24 If you want to specify a multiple number of separation insert locations, use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to move to and highlight a different page # box, and enter another page number with the numeric keys.

Continue this procedure until you have entered all of the desired locations (Maximum: 5 locations).

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Enter Insert page.

# # # #

3 6 10 0 0

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - # # # # - 1

text_image ENTER INSERT PAGE #.

25 If you are finished with the settings for the separation insert mode, press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

26 Set the originals to be copied.

Océ OP30C - # # # # - 2

text_image Diagram showing a hand placing a labeled object into a printer, with an arrow highlighting the object's direction.

27 Press the Start key. Scanning of the originals will start.

- If you set the originals in the optional DF, copying will start automatically.

- If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Start key. Scanning of the originals will start. - 1

text_image C Full Color A.C.S. Start Black& White C / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / A.C.S.

28 Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start. Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Start key. Scanning of the originals will start. - 2

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400% 1 4 7 *

13. Making one copy from either two or four originals [Layout modes]

With this mode, the images from either 2 or 4 originals can be reduced and then combined onto a single copy. The borderline of each original can also be marked with a solid line, dotted line or registration marks (cropmarks).

Océ OP30C - Making one copy from either two or four originals [Layout modes] - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Spades"] --> D["4x4 Grid"]
    B["Heart"] --> D
    C["Diamond"] --> D
    E["Clusters"] --> D
    F["Four Cards"] --> D

NOTES

  • The size of the originals and of the copy paper must be of a standard size.
  • If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

● 2 in 1

Use this mode when you want to copy two originals onto one sheet. If your machine is a duplex copier, this mode can also be used in conjunction with the 2-sided copy modes in order to copy four originals onto one sheet.

(When setting the originals on the platen, be sure to set the originals are arranged in the following order: 1 and then 2.)

Océ OP30C - ● 2 in 1 - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Block 1"] --> B["Block 2"]
    style A fill:#fff,stroke:#000
    style B fill:#fff,stroke:#000

NOTES

  • When making a 2-sided copy, the images that are copied onto the back side of the copy can also be rotated.
  • 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.

● 4 in 1

Use this mode when you want to copy four originals onto one sheet. If your machine is a duplex copier, this mode can also be used in conjunction with the 2-sided copy modes in order to copy eight originals onto one sheet.

(When setting the originals on the platen, be sure to set the originals are arranged in the following order: 1, 2, 3 and then 4.)

Océ OP30C - ● 4 in 1 - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    B --> C["3"]
    C --> D["4"]
    D --> E["2x2 Grid with 1, 2, 3, 4"]

NOTES

  • The available "4 in 1" layout mode(s) will differ depending on the orientation of the originals.
  • When making a 2-sided copy, the images that are copied onto the back side of the copy can also be rotated.
  • 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.

1

Press the Layout key to light the corresponding indicator. The "Select layout" ["SELECT MODE"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

text_image Staple Sort A A B A C B Sort Program Book Mode Transparency Digital Film/ Card Stock Editing Layout Display/ Update Separation Prese Au Ex

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the layout mode that you want to use.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 2

text_image Select layout. 1 2 in 1 2 4 in 1 (Z) 3 4 in 1 (N)

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 3

text_image SELECT MODE. 1 2-UP 2 4-UP (Z) 3 4-UP (N)

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of the borderline that you want to use. Select either “2 Solid”, “3 Dotted”, or “4 Mark” [“4 CROPMARK”. If you do not want to use a borderline to separate the images, select “1 None”.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 4

text_image Select border line type. 1 None 2 Solid 3 Dotted

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 5

text_image SELECT BORDER LINE TYPE. 1 NONE 2 SOLID 3 DOTTED

5 Press the Enter key.

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied.

Select "1 1-sided" if you are using 1-sided originals and "2 2-sided" if you are using 2-sided originals.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 6

text_image Select original. ① 1-sided ▶ ② 2-sided ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 7

text_image SELECT ORIGINAL. 1 1-SIDED ▶ 2 2-SIDED ▶

7 Press the Enter key.

- If your machine is a duplex copier, go to the next step. - If your machine is a standard copier, go directly to step 10.

8 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of finished copies you want to make.

Select "|1| 1-sided" if you want to make 1-sided copies and "2 Book/2-sided" ["2 BOOK (2-SIDED)"] if you want to make 2-sided copies. If you want to rotate the image on the back side of a 2-sided copy, select "3 Tablet/2-sided" ["3|TOP BINDING"].

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 8

text_image Select copy output. 1 1-sided 2 Book/2-sided 3 Tablet/2-sided

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 9

text_image SELECT COPY MODE. ① 1-SIDED ② BOOK (2-SIDED) ③ TOP BINDING

9 Press the Enter key.

10 Set the original to be copied.

Océ OP30C - 1 - 10

natural_image Line drawing of a hand placing a labeled box into an open printer (no text or symbols present)

NOTES

• Make sure that the originals are set in the proper order on the platen.
- If necessary, select the location of paper feed.

11 Press the Start key. Scanning of the original will start.

  • If you set the originals in the optional DF, copying will start automatically.
  • If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

12 Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start.

Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

14. Making booklets, etc. from sheet originals [Booklet mode] (Only available in duplex copiers)

With this mode, you can use 1-sided or 2-sided originals to make open-faced two-sided copies in such a way that the finished copies can be stacked and folded into a booklet format.

Océ OP30C - Making booklets, etc. from sheet originals [Booklet mode] (Only available in duplex copiers) - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Layered Structure"] --> B["Arrow pointing to a simplified Book"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

NOTES

• This mode is only available in duplex copiers.
- If the number of originals is not a multiple of four, the last page(s) of the copies will come out blank.
- 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.

① If "Right" is selected as the page sequence.

Copying will be performed so that the stacked and folded pages of the finished copies read from right to left.

② If "Left" is selected as the page sequence...

Copying will be performed so that the stacked and folded pages of the finished copies read from left to right.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["2"] --> B["3"]
    B --> C["4"]
    C --> D["5"]
    D --> E["6"]
    E --> F["7"]
    F --> G["8"]
    G --> H["①"]
    G --> I["②"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

1 Press the Book Mode key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Punch Maple Sort Sort

/ Language

Program Transparency Film/ Card Stock Layout Auto Selection/Filing Book Made Digital Data Duplex/Page Separation Print Data Print Read Print Attent Preset R/E Auto Exp. * / AAA # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #

/ AAA

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/A\ast

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 Booklet" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Booklet 2 Color/BW selection 3 Poster

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - 1 - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 BOOKLET 2 COLOUR/B&W SELECTION 3 POSTER

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 Booklet" again and then press the Enter key. The "Select original." screen will appear.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - 1 - 3

text_image Select function. 1 Booklet 2 Book-Book

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - 1 - 4

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 BOOKLET 2 BOOK>BOOK

4

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied.

Select "1|1-sided" if you are using 1-sided originals and

“2 2-sided” if you are using 2-sided originals.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 4 - 1

text_image Select original. ① 1-sided ▶ ② 2-sided ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 4 - 2

text_image SELECT ORIGINAL. 1 1-SIDED ▶ 2 2-SIDED ▶

5

Press the Enter key.

6

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the binding direction for the finished copies.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 6 - 1

text_image Select copy stitch side. 1 Left side 2 Right side

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 6 - 2

text_image SELECT COPY BINDING SIDE. 1 LEFT SIDE 2 RIGHT SIDE

7

Press the Enter key. The "2-sided mode" ["DUPLEX MODE"] screen will appear.

8

Set the original to be copied.

Océ OP30C - 8 - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand placing a labeled object into a printer (no text or symbols present)

NOTES

  • When setting the originals on the platen, be sure to set them in order from the first page first.
  • If necessary, select the location of paper feed.

9

Press the Start key. Scanning of the original will start.

  • If you set the originals in the optional DF, copying will start automatically.
  • If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - 9 - 1

text_image B C A.C.S. Full Color Start Black & White B C / /

10

Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start.

Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - 10 - 1

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400% 7 *

15. Making booklets, etc. from book originals [Book to Book mode] (Only available in duplex copiers)

With this mode, you can use open-faced originals (books, etc.) to make open-faced two-sided copies in such a way that the finished copies can be stacked and folded into a booklet format.

Océ OP30C - Making booklets, etc. from book originals [Book to Book mode] (Only available in duplex copiers) - 1

text_image 8 1 8 1

NOTES

  • This mode is only available in duplex copiers.
  • If the number of originals is not a multiple of four, the last page(s) of the copies will come out blank.
  • 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.

① If "Right" is selected as the page sequence.

Copying will be performed so that the stacked and folded pages of the finished copies read from right to left.

② If "Left" is selected as the page sequence...

Copying will be performed so that the stacked and folded pages of the finished copies read from left to right.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image ① 8 1 ② 7 6 5 2 A ② 4 3 2 7 5

1 Press the Book Mode key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Punch Maple Sort Sort */ Language Program Transparency Film/ Card Stock Layout Auto Selection/Filing Book Mode Digital Duplex/Page Separation Print Data Print Read Print Atten Preset R/E Auto Exp. */ AAA B/P B/P 1

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 Booklet" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 3

text_image Select function. 1 Booklet 2 Color/BW selection 3 Poster

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 4

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 BOOKLET 2 COLOUR/B&W SELECTION 3 POSTER

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select “2 Book-Book” [“2 BOOK>BOOK”] again and then press the Enter key. The “Select copy stitch side” [“SELECT COPY BINDING SIDE”] screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 5

text_image Select function. 1 Booklet 2 Book-Book

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 6

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 BOOKLET 2 BOOK>BOOK

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the binding direction for the finished copies.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 7

text_image Select copy stitch side. 1 Left side 2 Right side

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 8

text_image SELECT COPY BINDING SIDE. 1 LEFT SIDE 2 RIGHT SIDE

5 Press the Enter key.

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select whether you want to copy onto the front cover or not.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 9

text_image Copy on cover? 1 Do not copy 2 Cover copy

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 10

text_image SELECT COVER COPY OF BOOK. 1 DO NOT COPY 2 COPY

7 Press the Enter key.

If you selected "1 Do not copy" in step 6, the "Set first page." screen will appear.

If you selected "2 Cover copy" ["2 COPY"] in step 6, the "Set cover page." screen will appear.

8 If you chose to copy onto the front cover, set the open-faced original that you want to make into the front cover onto the platen. If you chose NOT to copy onto the front cover, set the open-faced original that you want to be the first page of the copy set.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 11

natural_image Line drawing of hands placing a box with a lightning bolt on top, next to an open printer (no text or symbols)

9 Press the Start key. Once the original has been scanned, remove it.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 12

text_image 3 Full Color 6 A.C.S. 9 Start Black& White 3 6 9 # # c c

10 Set the next open-faced original on the platen.

11 Press the Start key. Scanning of that original will start. Once that original has been scanned, carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy.

12 Once you have finished scanning all of the originals that you want to copy, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 13

text_image Zoom Zoom 400% 1 4 7 5% 7 1 4 7 *

16. Making both black & white AND color copies at the same time [BW/Selection mode]

This mode is convenient when you do not necessarily need all of the copies to be in color. In this case, using this mode can save you time as making black and white copies is faster than making color copies.

Océ OP30C - Making both black &amp; white AND color copies at the same time [BW/Selection mode] - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Input Image"] --> B["Output Image 1"]
    A --> C["Output Image 2"]
    A --> D["Output Image 3"]
    A --> E["Output Image 4"]

NOTE

If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

1 Press the Book Mode key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Book Mode key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort */ Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Digital Film/ Card Stock Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Print Data Print Read Print Atten Preset R/E Auto Exp. 1 */ AAA B/R 1

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select “② Color/BW selection” [“ 2 | COLOUR/B&W SELECTION”] and then press the Enter key. The “Enter number of copy” screen will appear.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select “② Color/BW selection” [“ 2 | COLOUR/B&amp;W SELECTION”] and then press the Enter key. The “Enter number of copy” screen will appear. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Booklet 2 Color/BW selection 3 Poster

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select “② Color/BW selection” [“ 2 | COLOUR/B&amp;W SELECTION”] and then press the Enter key. The “Enter number of copy” screen will appear. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 BOOKLET 2 COLOUR/B&W SELECTION 3 POSTER

3 Use the numeric keys on the keypad, the ◀ cursor key or the ▶ cursor key to select the number of black and white copies (or copy sets) you want to make.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the numeric keys on the keypad, the ◀ cursor key or the ▶ cursor key to select the number of black and white copies (or copy sets) you want to make. - 1

text_image Enter Number of copies B/W Copy 3set Color Copy 1set

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the numeric keys on the keypad, the ◀ cursor key or the ▶ cursor key to select the number of black and white copies (or copy sets) you want to make. - 2

text_image ENTER NUMBER OF COPY. B/W COPY 3set COLOUR COPY 1set

4 Press the ▼ cursor key to change to the color copy setting.

5 Use the numeric keys on the keypad, the ◀ cursor key or the ▶ cursor key to select the number of color copies (or copy sets) you want to make.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the numeric keys on the keypad, the ◀ cursor key or the ▶ cursor key to select the number of color copies (or copy sets) you want to make. - 1

text_image Enter Number of copies B/W Copy 3set Color Copy 1set

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the numeric keys on the keypad, the ◀ cursor key or the ▶ cursor key to select the number of color copies (or copy sets) you want to make. - 2

text_image ENTER NUMBER OF COPY. B/W COPY 3set COLOUR COPY 1set

6 Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

17. Enlarging the image and printing it out onto multiple sheets [Poster mode]

With this mode, if the size of the copy image after enlargement is greater than the size of available copy paper, you can have the copy image split and printed out onto multiple sheets of copy paper.

Océ OP30C - Enlarging the image and printing it out onto multiple sheets [Poster mode] - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Grid of flowers with flower icons"] --> B["Arrow"]
    B --> C["Two rows of carrots and flowers"]
    B --> D["Two rows of flowers and flowers"]
    B --> E["Two rows of carrots and flowers"]

NOTES

  • If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.
  • As there will be some duplication of a portion of the image on each finished copy, if you overlay these areas you can create a single enlarged image.
  • Only 11" x 17" [A3] size paper can be used in this mode.
  • There are two methods of making copies in the poster mode: priority towards a standard magnification ratio between the sizes of the original and the finished copies (Copy size), and priority towards a custom copy size at a desired magnification ratio (Zoom priority).

1 Press the Book Mode key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Book Mode key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Bolt Sort #/Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mode Transparency Digital Film/ Card Stock Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Print Data Print Read Print Attent Preset R/E Auto Exp. 1 */AAA #/# #/# #/# #/# 1

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Poster" and then press the Enter key. The "Select input mode" screen will appear.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Poster" and then press the Enter key. The "Select input mode" screen will appear. - 1

text_image Select function. 1 Booklet 2 Color/BW selection 3 Poster

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Poster" and then press the Enter key. The "Select input mode" screen will appear. - 2

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 BOOKLET 2 COLOUR/B&W SELECTION 3 POSTER

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the poster mode method that you want to use.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the poster mode method that you want to use. - 1

text_image Select Input Mode 1 Auto Zoom Priority 2 Copy Size

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the poster mode method that you want to use. - 2

text_image SELECT INPUT MODE 1 ZOOM PRIORITY ▶ 2 COPY SIZE ▶

4 Press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "1| Auto Zoom priority" ["1| ZOOM PRIORITY"], go to the next step.
  • If you selected "2 Copy size", go directly to step 9.

5 Specify the size of the original being copied.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Specify the size of the original being copied. - 1

text_image Select Original Size ① 8½x11 ▶ ② 11x17 ▶

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Specify the size of the original being copied. - 2

text_image SELECT ORIGINAL SIZE 1 A4 □ ▶ 2 A3 □ ▶

6 Press the Enter key.

7 Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the magnification ratio that you want to use.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Enter Zoom Ratio 129% 129-400%

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 2

text_image ENTER ZOOM RATIO 142% 142-400% <<>

8 Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

9 Specify the size of the original being copied and select the size of the finished copy image.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 3

text_image Select Copy Size 1 400%:8.5x11→34x44 2 200%:8.5x11→17x22 3 196%:11x17→22x34

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 4

text_image SELECT COPY SIZE 1 400%:A4R→A0 2 278%:A4R→A1 3 200%:A4R→A2

10 Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

●Number of copy pages that will be made when you specify the size of the original being copied and select the size of the finished copy image

Inch specifications

Size of originalSize of finished copy imageNumber of copy pages
8 1/2" x 11"34" x 44"12 pages (11" x 17")
8 1/2" x 11"17" x 22"4 pages (11" x 17")
11" x 17"22" x 34"4 pages (11" x 17")

Metric specifications

Size of originalSize of finished copy imageNumber of copy pages
A4RA09 pages (A3)
A4RA14 pages (A3)
A4RA24 pages (A3)
A3A09 pages (A3)
A3A14 pages (A3)
A3A24 pages (A3)

18. Copying different sized originals onto one size of copy paper [Filing mode]

With this mode, when you are copying from different sized originals, you need only separate the originals by size group and then scan them all in order to have all of the originals copied onto the same paper size.

Océ OP30C - Copying different sized originals onto one size of copy paper [Filing mode] - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["A"] --> B["B"]
    style A fill:#fff,stroke:#000
    style B fill:#fff,stroke:#000
    note right of B: > B

NOTES

  • If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.
  • If your machine is a duplex copier, it is possible for you to make duplex (2-sided) copies in this mode.
  • Originals can be scanned from both the DF and the platen in combination.

1 Press the Auto Selection/Filing key to light the corresponding indicator.

The "Select function" screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book Mouse Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Print Data Print Read Print Attent Preset R/E Auto Exp. *//AA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "② Filing".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Select function. 1 Auto select 2 Filing ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 3

text_image SELECT FUNCTION. 1 AUTO SEL. 2 FILING ▶

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to specify the type of originals being copied.

Select "1 1-sided" if you are using 1-sided originals and "2 2-sided" if you are using 2-sided originals.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 4

text_image Select original. ① 1-sided ▶ ② 2-sided ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 5

text_image SELECT ORIGINAL. 1 1-SIDED ▶ 2 2-SIDED ▶

5 Press the Enter key.

- If your machine is a duplex copier, go to the next step. - If your machine is a standard copier, go directly to step 8.

6 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of finished copies you want to make.

Select "1 | 1-sided" if you want to make 1-sided copies and "2 2-sided" if you want to make 2-sided copies.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 6

text_image Select copy output. ① 1-sided ② 2-sided

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 7

text_image SELECT COPY MODE. 1 1-SIDED 2 2-SIDED

7 Press the Enter key.

8 Press the Paper Select key and specify the paper size.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 8

text_image Manual Origin I Paper Select Zoom Original Image Type Color Edit 25% arker

9 Set the original to be copied.

* If you set the originals in the optional DF, first set all of the originals of the same size together.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 9

text_image Diagram showing a hand inserting paper labeled 'A' into a printer, indicating file transfer or receipt operation.

10 Press the Start key. Scanning will start.

- If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

- If you set the originals in the optional DF, go directly to step 12.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 10

text_image 3 6 9 # Black & White A.C.S. Start 3 6 9 # 3 6 9 #

11 Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key. Scanning of that next original will start. Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy and, once you have finished scanning them all, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 11

text_image Zoom Zoom 5% 400%

12 Once all of those originals have been scanned, set the next size of originals in the DF.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 12

text_image B

13 Press the Start key. Scanning of those originals will start. * Repeat steps 12 and 13 for each different size of originals.

14 Once all of the originals that you want to copy have been scanned, press the Enter key. Copying will start.

19. Memorizing frequently used settings [Program function]

Up to seven combinations of copy modes and other functions displayed on the operation panel can be registered as a single program using this function.

Océ OP30C - Memorizing frequently used settings [Program function] - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(1) Registering a program

1 Set the desired copy modes, etc., to be registered on the operation panel and return to the "Ready to copy." screen.
2 Press the */Language key. The "Default mode setting" ["SELECT SET ITEM"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Registering a program - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort */ Language Auto Selection/Filing Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stack Digital Editing Layout Duplex/Page Separation Prese Au Ex */ AÃÃ #/D #/D

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select “2 Store Program” [“2|PROGRAM REGISTRATION”] and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Registering a program - 2

text_image Default mode setting. 1 End 2 Store Program ▶ 3 Language ▶

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Registering a program - 3

text_image SELECT SET ITEM 1 END 2 PROGRAM REGISTRATION ▶ 3 LANGUAGE ▶

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the program number under which you want to register the settings. The program number can also be entered directly using the numeric keys on the keypad.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - Registering a program - 4

text_image Register 1 Program #1 2 Program #2 3 Program #3 :Contents

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Registering a program - 5

text_image REGISTER 1 PROGRAM #1 2 PROGRAM #2 3 PROGRAM #3 :CONTENTS

NOTE

Pressing the ▶ cursor key will display details of each setting. When a program contains many settings, continue to press the ▶ cursor key in order to confirm the other settings. Press the ◀ cursor key to return to the previous screen.

5 Press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Copying is now possible using the settings that were registered under that program.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Zoom 1 4 7 5% 400% 7 *

(2) Using programmed settings to make copies

1 Press the Program key.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Program key. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort Auto Selection/ Language Filing Program Took Transparency Digital Film/ Editing Care/lock Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Prese Au Ex */AAA

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the program number under which the settings that you want to use are registered. The program number can also be entered directly using the numeric keys on the keypad.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the program number under which the settings that you want to use are registered. The program number can also be entered directly using the numeric keys on the keypad. - 1

text_image Select number. 0 Recall 1 Program #1 2 Program #2 :Contents

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the program number under which the settings that you want to use are registered. The program number can also be entered directly using the numeric keys on the keypad. - 2

text_image SELECT NUMBER. 0 RECALL 1 PROGRAM #1 2 PROGRAM #2 :CONTENTS

NOTE

Pressing the ▶ cursor key will display details of each setting. When a program contains many settings, continue to press the ▶ cursor key in order to confirm the other settings. Press the ◀ cursor key to return to the previous screen.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image #1 Confirmation Copy quality :Text Exposure :Manual < > Zoom 100%

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image #1 CONFIRMATION COPY QUALITY :TEXT EXPOSURE :MANUAL < > ZOOM 100%

3 Press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Copying is now possible using the settings that were registered under that program.

In order to copy using those settings, simply set the original(s) that you want to copy and press the Start key.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image C A.C.S. Full Color Start Black& White C / /

20. Confirming copy settings (Recall function)

When you have selected the copy mode and other functions, etc., the content of the settings that you have made can be confirmed using this function.

1 Press the Program key.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Program key. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort */ Language Program Transparency Film/ Carrustock Layout Auto Selection/Filing Took Mode Digital Editing Duplex/Page Separation Prese Au Ex */ AAA

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "0 Recall" and then press the Enter key.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "0 Recall" and then press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Select number. 0 Recall 1 Program #1 2 Program #2 :Contents

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "0 Recall" and then press the Enter key. - 2

text_image SELECT NUMBER. 0 RECALL 1 PROGRAM #1 2 PROGRAM #2 >:CONTENTS

3 Press the ▶ cursor key in order to display the content of the current settings on the operation panel.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the ▶ cursor key in order to display the content of the current settings on the operation panel. - 1

text_image Confirmation Copy quality :Text Exposure :Manual Zoom 100%

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the ▶ cursor key in order to display the content of the current settings on the operation panel. - 2

text_image CONFIRMATION COPY QUALITY : TEXT EXPOSURE : MANUAL < > ZOOM 100%

4 Once you have finished checking the settings, press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

21. Sorting automatically [Sort mode]

Since copying in this mode is performed after multiple originals are scanned and memorized, copies can be sorted into the required number of sets even without the optional Document Finisher.

Océ OP30C - Sorting automatically [Sort mode] - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A1["A"] --> E1["A"]
    A2["B"] --> E1
    A3["C"] --> E1
    A4["D"] --> E1
    E1 --> F1["B"]
    E1 --> G1["C"]
    E1 --> H1["D"]
    E2["A"] --> F2["A"]
    E3["B"] --> F2
    E4["C"] --> F2
    E5["D"] --> F2
    F2 --> I1["B"]
    F2 --> J1["C"]
    F2 --> K1["D"]

NOTES

  • If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.
  • If "On" is selected under “② Rotate sort ON/OFF” on page 7-23 and the size of the finished copies is set to 11" x 8 1/2" [B5 or A4], the orientation of each set of copies will be changed, thus making each copy set easier to separate. In order to use this setting, there must be 11" x 8 1/2" and 8 1/2" x 11" [B5 and B5R or A4 and A4R] paper set in the drawers. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder, while B5 paper can be set onto the multi-bypass tray. However, 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.)

1 Set the original(s) to be copied.
2 Press the Sort key to light the corresponding indicator.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image Staple Sort A A B A C B Sort Program Book Mode Transparency Digital Film/ Editing Film/ Card Stack Layout Duplex/ Page Separation A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

3 Enter the number of copy sets that you want to make and press the Start key.

  • If you set the originals in the optional DF, copying will start automatically.
  • If you set the original on the platen, go to the next step.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image 3 Full Color 6 A.C.S. 9 Start Black& White 3 6 9 # # # c c / /

4 Replace the first original with the next one and press the Start key.

* Carry out this step for all of the originals that you want to copy.

5 Once all of the originals that you want to copy have been scanned, press the Enter key.

Copying will start.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTES - 3

text_image 1 4 7 Zoom 5% 400% 1 4 7 *

22. Rotate copy function 23. Energy-

If the orientation of the original is different from that of the paper loaded in the drawers, the image will be automatically turned 90 degrees counter-clockwise for copying. No special setting is required in order to use this function.

Océ OP30C - Rotate copy function 23. Energy- - 1

text_image Illustration showing two cartoon office machines connected by a thought bubble containing icons, indicating a process or interaction.

NOTES

  • If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.
  • This function will only work with 8 1/2" x 11" or 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" [A4, A5, B5 or B6] size paper.

ng preheat function

If you press the Energy Saver key, even while the main switch is still turned ON, the copier's preheat function will engage and put the copier into the energy-saving preheat mode. When the copier is in this preheat mode, the Energy Saver indicator will be the only lit indicator on the operation panel.

Océ OP30C - ng preheat function - 1

natural_image Illustration of two cartoon-style devices with smiling faces and clock faces above them (no text or symbols)

NOTES

  • To resume copying after the preheat function has been activated, press the Energy Saver key once again.
  • It is possible for you to change the amount of time that will elapse until the preheat function engage when no operation has been performed on the copier. (See “⑦ Auto preheat time” on page 7-29.)

24. Auto shut-off function

This function automatically turns the main switch OFF ( ) of no operation has been performed on the copier for a certain period of time (15 to 240 minutes).

Océ OP30C - Auto shut-off function - 1

natural_image Illustration of two cartoon-style containers with facial expressions, one transforming to the other (no text or symbols)

When you want to make copies again, turn the main switch back ON ( | ).

Océ OP30C - Auto shut-off function - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a small component into a wooden cabinet (no text or symbols)

● More about the auto shut-off function

The auto shut-off function is a power-saving feature which automatically turns the main switch to the copier OFF (☐) when a certain time elapses without any operation being performed. Copiers are generally in a standby mode more than they are in actual operation, so power consumption in the standby mode occupies a large part of overall consumption. Having the copier turned OFF (☐) automatically after a certain amount of time reduces unnecessary power consumption in the standby mode or at night if the copier happens to be left on accidentally. The result is a lower electricity bill.

* In order to change the amount of time that will elapse before the auto shut-off function engages, see “⑧ Auto shut-off time” on page 7-29. In order to disable the auto shut-off function, see “③ Auto shut-off ON/OFF” on page 7-28.

* If the optional Printer Kit is installed in your copier, the copier will enter the energy-saving preheat mode rather than being turned off completely whenever the auto shut-off function engages. In this state, when the copier detects data for a print job, it will automatically recover to a print-ready state and print out of the corresponding information will begin.

* (Inch specifications copiers only) If the optional Fax Kit is installed in your copier, the copier will be automatically turned OFF (whenever the auto shut-off function engages. In this state, when the copier receives an incoming fax, it will automatically recover to a print-ready state and print out of the corresponding information will begin.

Section 7 COPIER MANAGEMENT

1. Copy management

The total number of copies made by each department can be managed using department codes for up to 500 different departments. Limits for the number of copies can be changed on a department-by-department basis.

Océ OP30C - Copy management - 1

natural_image Three cartoon characters in business attire holding stacks of documents (no text or symbols present)

NOTE

If you do not have a Memory Copy Board installed as standard equipment, the optional Memory Copy Board must be installed in your copier in order to use this mode.

(1) Copy management procedure table

ProcedureDescriptionReference page
●Registering new department codesPerform this procedure when you want to register a department code (inch specifications: 7 digits; metric specification: 4 digits) and set the maximum number of copies that can be made under that code. Up to 500 department codes can be registered. The copy limit can be set to any 1 page increment up to a maximum of 999,999. Entering “0” enables unlimited copying. When a department reaches its acceptable copy limit, the copier will not make any more copies under that department code.7-4
●Deleting department codesPerform this procedure when you want to delete registered department codes.7-5
●Changing copy limitsPerform this procedure when you want to change the copy limit registered for each department code without have to delete or re-register the corresponding code.7-6
●Clearing copy countsPerform this procedure when you want to clear the copy counts for all of the registered department codes after a designated period of time. Copy counts cannot be cleared individually, however.7-7
●Printing out the department code listPerform this procedure when you want to print out a list of all of the currently registered department codes as well as the copy limit designated for each code.7-8
●Checking the copy countsPerform this procedure when you want to check the total number of copies made under all department codes as a whole.7-9
●Printing out the copy management listPerform this procedure when you want to print out a list of the number of copies made under each department code.7-10
●Turning copy management ON/OFFPerform this procedure when you want to turn copy management ON or OFF, as desired.7-10
●Turning printing management ON/OFFPerform this procedure when you want to turn printing management ON or OFF, as desired, for printing with the optional printer functions of this machine (printing management).* This procedure is only available when the optional Printer Kit is installed in your copier.-
●Turning the printing error report print out ON/OFFWhen printing management is turned ON, you can have a report printed out automatically whenever a department code mismatch error occurs. Turn this setting ON if you want the report printed out automatically, and turn it OFF if you do not want to have the report printed out.* This procedure is only available when the optional Printer Kit is installed in your copier.-

(2) Accessing the copy management procedures

1 Press the \*/Language key.

The "Default mode setting" ["SELECT SET ITEM"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the \*/Language key. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort Auto Selection/Filing Language Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/Page Separation Prese Au Ex */AAA

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default". - 1

text_image Default mode setting. 2 Store Program ▶ 3 Language ▶ 4 Default ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default". - 2

text_image SELECT SET ITEM 2 PROGRAM REGISTRATION ▶ 3 LANGUAGE ▶ 4 DEFAULT ▶

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the 4-digit management PIN code "3000".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Enter pin code using # key. □ □ □ □

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 2

text_image ENTER ID-CODE WITH #-KEYS.

NOTE

It is possible for you to change the 4-digit management PIN code.

(See "⑩ Management PIN code" on page 7-30.)

5 Make sure that "|2| Management" is selected and press the Enter key.

The "Copy Management" screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Make sure that "|2| Management" is selected and press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Default: 1 End 2 Management 3 Copy Default

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Make sure that "|2| Management" is selected and press the Enter key. - 2

text_image DEFAULT: 1 END 2 MANAGEMENT 3 COPY DEFAULT

NOTE

Refer to “(3) Performing copy management procedures” and perform the desired procedure(s).

(3) Performing copy management procedures

●Registering new department codes

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)
2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "② Management Setting" ["② COPY MGMT SETTING"].

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 1

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

3 Press the Enter key.
4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|2| Register".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 3

text_image Management Setting: 1 End 2 Register 3 Delete Code

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING: 1 END 2 REGISTER 3 CODE DELETE

5 Press the Enter key.
6 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the department code that you want to register.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 5

text_image Register: 1234567 Code number 000,000 Copy limit

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 6

text_image REGISTER: 1234 ID-CODE 000,000 COPY LIMIT

7 Use the ▼ cursor key to highlight the maximum number of copies.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 7

text_image Register: 1234567 Code number 000,000 Copy limit

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 8

text_image REGISTER: 1234 ID-CODE 000.000 COPY LIMIT

8 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the maximum number of copies that can be made under that department code. The copy limit can be set to any 1 page increment between 1 and 999,999.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Registering new department codes - 9

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # Full Color Black& White 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 #

NOTES

  • Enter "0" if you want to enable unlimited copying under that department code.
  • Press the Stop/Clear key if you want to clear the registered department code and enter a new code.

Press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 6.

NOTE

If you want to register another department code, repeat steps 6 through 8.

10 Press the Stop/Clear key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 4.

11 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "|1| End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the screen in step 2.

Inch specifications

Management Setting:

1 End

2 Register

3 Delete Code

Metric specifications

COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING:

1 END

2 REGISTER

3 CODE DELETE

12 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" once again and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications

Copy Management:

ON

1 End

2 Management Setting

3 Reference

Metric specifications

COPY MANAGEMENT:

ON

1 END

2 COPY MGMT SETTING

3 REFERENCE

●Deleting department codes

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "2 Management Setting" ["2 COPY MGMT SETTING"].

Inch specifications

Copy Management:

ON

1 End

2 Management Setting

-

3 Reference

Metric specifications

COPY MANAGEMENT:

ON

1 END

② COPY MGMT SETTING

[Non-Text]

3 REFERENCE

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|3| Delete Code" ["3] CODE DELETE"].

Inch specifications

Management Setting:

1 End

2 Register

3 Delete Code

Metric specifications

COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING:

1 END

2 REGISTER

3 CODE DELETE

5 Press the Enter key.

6 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the department code that you want to delete.

Inch specifications

Code delete:

1234567

Code number

Metric specifications

CODE DELETE:

1234

ID-CODE

7 Press the Enter key.

8 A message asking you to confirm whether or not you really want to delete that department code will appear.

- If you DO want to delete that department code, use the ▲ cursor key to select "Yes" and then press the Enter key.

- If you do NOT want to delete that code, make sure that "No" is selected and press the Enter key. The message display will return to the screen in step 6.

Inch specifications

Will

delete code.

Yes

No

Océ OP30C - ●Deleting department codes - 1

Metric specifications

WILL

DELETE CODE.

YES

NO

Océ OP30C - ●Deleting department codes - 2

NOTE

If you want to delete another department code, repeat steps 6 through 8.

9 Press the Stop/Clear key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 4.

10 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "☐ End" and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 2.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Management Setting: 1 End 2 Register 3 Delete Code

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING: 1 END 2 REGISTER 3 CODE DELETE

11 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" once again and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

●Changing copy limits

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)
2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "② Management Setting" ["② COPY MGMT SETTING"].

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Changing copy limits - 1

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Changing copy limits - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

3 Press the Enter key.
4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Copy Limit Correction".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Changing copy limits - 3

text_image Management Setting: 2 Register 3 Delete Code 4 Copy Limit Correction

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Changing copy limits - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING: 2 REGISTER 3 CODE DELETE 4 COPY LIMIT CORRECTION

5 Press the Enter key.
6 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the department code that you want to change to copy limit for.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Changing copy limits - 5

text_image Copy limit correction: 1234567 Code number -------- Copy limit

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ●Changing copy limits - 6

text_image COPY LIMIT CORRECTION: 1234 ID-CODE ---- COPY LIMIT

7 Press the Enter key.

8 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the new copy limit for that department code.

The copy limit can be set to any 1 page increment between 1 and 999,999.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Changing copy limits - 7

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # Full Color Black & White 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 #

NOTE

Enter "0" if you want to enable unlimited copying under that department code.

9 Press the Enter key.

The display will return to the screen in step 6.

NOTE

If you want to change the copy limit for another department code, repeat steps 6 through 9.

10 Press the Stop/Clear key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 4.

11 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "☐ End" and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 2.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Management Setting: 1 End 2 Register 3 Delete Code

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING: 1 END 2 REGISTER 3 CODE DELETE

12 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1| End" once again and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

●Clearing copy counts

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)
2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|2 | Management Setting" ["|2 | COPY MGMT SETTING"].

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 1

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

3 Press the Enter key.
4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "5 Delete Count" ["5 COUNTS CLEAR"].

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 3

text_image Management Setting: 3 Delete Code 4 Copy Limit Correction 5 Delete Count

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING: 3 CODE DELETE 4 COPY LIMIT CORRECTION 5 COUNTS CLEAR

5 Press the Enter key.

6 A message asking you to confirm whether or not you really want to clear all copy counts will appear.

  • If you DO want to clear the copy counts, use the ▲ cursor key to select "Yes" and then press the Enter key.
  • If you do NOT want to clear the counts, make sure that "No" is selected and press the Enter key. The message display will return to the screen in step 4.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 5

text_image Delete all of the counts? Yes No

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 6

text_image CLEAR ALL COPY COUNTS? YES NO

7 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 2.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 7

text_image Management Setting: 1 End 2 Register 3 Delete Code

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 8

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING: 1 END 2 REGISTER 3 CODE DELETE

8 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" once again and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 9

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - ●Clearing copy counts - 10

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

●Printing out the department code list

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)

NOTE

Make sure that 11" x 8 1/2" or 8 1/2" x 11" [A4 or A4R] size paper is loaded in one of the drawers. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder.)

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|2| Management Setting" ["|2| COPY MGMT SETTING"].

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "6 Printer Code List" ["6 PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST"].

Inch specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

text_image Management Setting: 4 Copy Limit Correction ▶ 5 Delete Count ▶ 6 Printer Code List

Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - NOTE - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT SETTING: 4 COPY LIMIT CORRECTION ▶ 5 COUNTS CLEAR ▶ 6 PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST

5 Press the Enter key. The department code list will be printed out and then the display will return to the screen in step 4.

6 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "|1| End" and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 2.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 5

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 6

7 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 7

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 8

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

- Checking the copy counts

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3| Reference".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - - Checking the copy counts - 1

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - - Checking the copy counts - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: ① END ② COPY MGMT SETTING ③ REFERENCE

3 Press the Enter key.

The total number of copies made under all department codes as a whole will be displayed.

Inch specifications

All Dept. total: 1,234,567

Metric specifications

TOTAL/ALL ID-CODES: 1,234,567

4 Press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the screen in step 2.

5 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - - Checking the copy counts - 3

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - - Checking the copy counts - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

●Printing out the copy management list

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)

NOTE

Make sure that 11" x 8 1/2" or 8 1/2" x 11" [A4 or A4R] size paper is loaded in one of the drawers. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder.)

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Printer management list" ["4 PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST"].

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Copy Management: ON 2 Management Setting ▶ 3 Reference ▶ 4 Printer managemnt list

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE 4 PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST

3 Press the Enter key. The copy management list will be printed out and then the display will return to the screen in step 2.

4 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key. The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

●Turning copy management ON/OFF

1 Display the "Copy Management" screen. (See page 7-3.)

NOTE

An indication whether copy management is currently ON or OFF will appear in the upper right portion of the screen.

Perform the following procedures when you want to change the copy management setting.

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "5 Management on/off" ["5 COPY MANAGEMENT ON/OFF"].

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Copy Management: ON 3 Reference 4 Printer managemnt list 5 Management on/off

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: ON 3 REFERENCE 4 PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST 5 COPY MANAGEMENT ON/OFF

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select “① On” or “② Off”, as appropriate.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 3

text_image Copy Management: >1 On 2 Off

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 4

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: >1 ON 2 OFF

5

Press the Enter key.

The display will return to the screen in step 2.

6

Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key.

  • If you selected "1 On" in step 4, the department code entry screen will appear.
  • If you selected "2 Off" in step 4, the message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - 6 - 1

text_image Copy Management: 1 End 2 Management Setting 3 Reference

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 6 - 2

text_image COPY MANAGEMENT: 1 END 2 COPY MGMT SETTING 3 REFERENCE

(4) Making copies when copy management is turned ON

When copy management is turned ON, "Enter 7-digit code with # keys." ["ENTER 4-DIGIT CODE WITH #-KEYS"] will appear on the message display.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Making copies when copy management is turned ON - 1

text_image Enter 7-digit code with

keys.

□ □ □ □ □ □ □

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - keys. - 1

text_image ENTER 4-DIGIT CODE WITH #-KEYS □ □ □ □

1

Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter your designated department code.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # Full Color Black & White 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 #

2

If "Ready to copy." appears, copying is possible in the usual manner.

NOTES

  • If the auto clear function (see page 2-5) engages, the message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.
  • Once you are finished copying, press the Energy Saver key in order to engage copy management again.

2. Default settings

The state that the copier enters at the end of warm-up or when the Reset key is pressed is called the "initial mode". The modes, functions and other settings that are automatically pre-set for the initial mode are called "default settings". These default settings are separated into two categories: "Copy defaults" and "Machine defaults". These default can be changed as desired to suit your copying needs.

(1) Copy default settings

The following 24 copy default settings can be changed. Change any or all of the settings as desired in order to make the most effective use of your copier.

Océ OP30C - Copy default settings - 1

text_image A A
Default settingDescriptionAvailable settingsFactory settingReference page
1 Exposure modeSelects between auto exposure (page 4-3) and manual exposure (page 4-3) as the default copy exposure mode at the time power is turned on.Auto / ManualInch: ManualMetric: AUTO7-17
2 Exposure stepsChanges the number of exposure steps in the manual exposure mode.7 steps13 steps7 steps7-17
3 Auto exposure adjustment (color)Changes the overall exposure when using the auto exposure mode for full color copies.1 – 74 (middle setting)7-17
4 Auto exposure adjustment (b/w)Changes the overall exposure when using the auto exposure mode for black and white copies.* The overall exposure when making mono-color copies can be adjusted here as well.(See page 5-1.)1 – 74 (middle setting)7-17
5 Mixed original densityAdjusts the exposure of the original when the text&photo mode is selected for the image quality (page 4-3).1 – 74 (middle setting)7-18
6 Text original densityAdjusts the exposure of the original when the text mode is selected for the image quality (page 4-3).1 – 74 (middle setting)7-18

Section 7 COPIER MANAGEMENT

Default settingDescriptionAvailable settingsFactory settingReference page
7 Print original densityAdjusts the exposure of the original when the printed photo mode is selected for the image quality (page 4-3).1 – 74 (middle setting)7-18
6 Photo original densityAdjusts the exposure of the original when the photo mode is selected for the image quality (page 4-3).1 – 74 (middle setting)7-18
9 Map original densityAdjusts the exposure of the original when the map mode is selected for the image quality (page 4-3).1 – 74 (middle setting)7-19
10 Copy modeSets the default mode for color copying (page 4-1).Full-Color [FULL COLOUR] / Black & White / Auto color selection [AUTO COLOUR SELECTION]Full-Color [FULL COLOUR]7-19
11 Original qualitySets the default mode for the image quality (page 4-3).Mixed Text Photo Print Map EcoMixed7-19
12 Default drawer (b/w)Sets the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) that will be automatically selected at the end of warm-up, or when the Reset key is pressed, for feeding paper in black and white copying.* No.3 and No.4 drawers can only be selected when the optional Paper Feeder is installed in your copier.Standard copiers 1 paper [SOURCE 1] – 4 paper [SOURCE 4]Duplex copiers 2 paper [SOURCE 2] – 4 paper [SOURCE 4]Standard copiers 1 paper [SOURCE 1]Duplex copiers 2 paper [SOURCE 2]7-19
13 Default drawer (color)Sets the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) that will be automatically selected at the end of warm-up, or when the Reset key is pressed, for feeding paper in color copying.* No.3 and No.4 drawers can only be selected when the optional Paper Feeder is installed in your copier.* The drawers selected here must also be designated under “6 Color copy paper location” on page 7-29.Standard copiers1 paper [SOURCE 1]–4 paper [SOURCE 4]Duplex copiers2 paper [SOURCE 2]–4 paper [SOURCE 4]Standard copiers1 paper [SOURCE 1]Duplex copiers2 paper [SOURCE 2]7-20
14 Copy limitSets a limit to the number of copies that can be made at one time.1 – 9999997-20
15 Margin widthSets the default value of the margin width for the left and the top margins in the margin mode (page 6-11).Inch1/4" – 3/4"(1/8" increments)Metric6 mm – 18 mm(1 mm increments)Inch1/4"Metric6 mm7-20
16 Erased border widthSets the default value of the width of the border to be erased in two of the border erase modes [sheet erase and book erase] (page 6-15).Inch1/4" / 1/2" / 3/4"Metric6 mm / 12 mm / 18 mmInch1/4"Metric6 mm7-20
17 Custom erase sizeSets the size of the original that is to be used in one of the border erase modes [custom erase mode](page 6-15). The area outside the designated size will be erased.InchHeight: 3 11/16" – 8 7/16"(5/16" increments)Width: 2 3/8" – 11 5/8"(1/8" increments)MetricHeight: 94 mm – 214 mm(8 mm increments)Width: 60 mm – 296 mm(4 mm increments)InchHeight: 3 11/16"Width: 2 3/8"MetricHeight: 94 mmWidth: 60 mm7-21

Section 7 COPIER MANAGEMENT

Default settingDescriptionAvailable settingsFactory settingReference page
18 Insert traySets the drawer that contains the paper which will be fed in the insert sheet modes (page 6-26).* No.3 and No.4 drawers can only be selected when the optional Paper Feeder is installed in your copier.Standard copiers1 paper [SOURCE 1] -4 paper [SOURCE 4] / BypassDuplex copiers2 paper [SOURCE 2] -4 paper [SOURCE 4] / Bypass2 paper [SOURCE 2]7-21
19 Sort mode ON/OFF (Output form)Sets the default setting for the sort mode at the time power is turned on.On / OffOff7-21
20 Eject destinationSets the location for ejection of finished copies: the copy eject tray (side) or the copy storage table (inner).Inner Eject / Side EjectInner Eject7-22
21 ACS adjustmentAdjusts the level of detection between color and black&white originals in the Auto Color Selection mode (page 4-1).1 - 517-22
22 Auto color adjustmentSlight changes in color copying may take place if your color copier is used over a long period of time. If the color on the originals and that which appears on the copies begins to differ greatly, use this procedure to adjust the color.------7-22
23 Drum refreshThis operation should be performed when high humidity causes the copy image to become blurred or faded. The operation will take approximately 5 minutes.------7-23
24 Rotate sort ON/OFFSelects between standard sorting (page 6-46) or rotate-sorting (page 6-46) as the default sort mode whenever the sort mode is selected.* In order to use this setting, there must be 11" x 8 1/2 and 8 1/2" x 11" [B5 and B5R or A4 and A4R] paper set in the drawers. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder, while B5 paper can be set onto the multi-bypass tray. However, 2-sided copies cannot be made automatically when paper is being fed from the multi-bypass tray.)On / OffOff7-23

(2) Accessing the copy default settings

1 Press the \*/Language key.

The "Default mode setting" ["SELECT SET ITEM"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the \*/Language key. - 1

text_image Punch Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Sort Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Shift Sprout Select/ Filing Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Preset Au Ex

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default". - 1

text_image Default mode setting. 2 Store Program ▶ 3 Language ▶ 4 Default ▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default". - 2

text_image SELECT SET ITEM 2 PROGRAM REGISTRATION ▶ 3 LANGUAGE ▶ 4 DEFAULT ▶

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the 4-digit management PIN code "3000".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Enter pin code using # key. □ □ □ □

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 2

text_image ENTER ID-CODE WITH #-KEYS.

NOTE

It is possible for you to change the 4-digit management PIN code.

(See "⑩ Management PIN code" on page 7-30.)

5 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|3| Copy Default".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|3| Copy Default". - 1

text_image Default: 1 End 2 Management 3 Copy Default

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|3| Copy Default". - 2

text_image DEFAULT: 1 END 2 MANAGEMENT 3 COPY DEFAULT

6 Press the Enter key.

The "Copy Default" screen will appear.

7 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the copy default setting that you want to change. See “(1) Copy default settings” on page 7-12 for information on the settings that can be changed.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Copy Default: End Exposure Mode :Manual Exposure Steps :7 steps

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 2

text_image COPY DEFAULT: END EXPOSURE MODE :AUTO EXPOSURE STEPS :7 STEPS

8 Press the Enter key.

9 Refer to and perform the following procedure that corresponds to the setting that you want to change.

NOTES

  • The arrow (>) displayed in the screen for each setting indicates the current setting for that default.
  • After you finish each setting, the display will return to the screen in step 7. If you want to change any other settings, repeat steps 7 through 9.

10 Once you have finished making all of the default settings you want, use the ▲ cursor key to select "End" and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

① Exposure mode

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "① Auto" or "② Manual".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ① Exposure mode - 1

text_image Exposure mode: 1 Auto >2 Manual

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ① Exposure mode - 2

text_image EXPOSURE MODE: 1 AUTO >2 MANUAL

2

Press the Enter key.

②Exposure steps

1 Press the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "1 7 Steps" or "2 13 Steps".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ②Exposure steps - 1

text_image Exposure step: → 1 7 Steps 2 13 Steps

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ②Exposure steps - 2

text_image EXPOSURE STEPS: >1 7 STEPS 2 13 STEPS

2

Press the Enter key.

③ Auto exposure adjustment (color)

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the exposure as desired. Move the cursor to the right to make copies darker, and to the left to make copies lighter for making full color copies in the auto exposure mode.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ③ Auto exposure adjustment (color) - 1

text_image Auto Exposure Set(4C): 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ③ Auto exposure adjustment (color) - 2

text_image A.E.(4-COL.): 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ ◀ >

2 Press the Enter key.

④ Auto exposure adjustment (b/w)

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the exposure as desired. Move the cursor to the right to make copies darker, and to the left to make copies lighter for making black and white copies in the auto exposure mode.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ④ Auto exposure adjustment (b/w) - 1

text_image Auto Exposure Set(B/W): 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ ◀▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ④ Auto exposure adjustment (b/w) - 2

2 Press the Enter key.

⑤Mixed original density

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the exposure as desired. Move the cursor to the right to make copies darker, and to the left to make copies lighter when using the text&photo mode.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑤Mixed original density - 1

text_image Mixed original density set: 1□ 2□ 3□>4□ 5□ 6□ 7□ ◀>

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑤Mixed original density - 2

text_image MIXED ORIGINAL DENSITY SET: 1□ 2□ 3□>4□ 5□ 6□ 7□ ◀◀

2 Press the Enter key.

⑥Text original density

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the exposure as desired. Move the cursor to the right to make copies darker, and to the left to make copies lighter when using the text mode.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑥Text original density - 1

text_image Text original density set: 1□ 2□ 3□>4□ 5□ 6□ 7□ ◀▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑥Text original density - 2

text_image TEXT ORIGINAL DENSITY SET: 1□ 2□ 3□>4□ 5□ 6□ 7□ ◀◀

2 Press the Enter key.

⑦ Print original density

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the exposure as desired. Move the cursor to the right to make copies darker, and to the left to make copies lighter when using the printed photo mode.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑦ Print original density - 1

text_image Print Original Density Set: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ ◀ >

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑦ Print original density - 2

text_image PRINT ORIGINAL DENSITY SET: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ ◀ >

2 Press the Enter key.

⑧ Photo original density

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the exposure as desired. Move the cursor to the right to make copies darker, and to the left to make copies lighter when using the photo mode.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑧ Photo original density - 1

text_image Photo Original Density Set: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ ◀▶

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑧ Photo original density - 2

text_image PHOTO ORIGINAL DENSITY SET: 1 2 3 >4 5 6 7 <<>

2 Press the Enter key.

⑨Map original density

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the exposure as desired. Move the cursor to the right to make copies darker, and to the left to make copies lighter when using the map mode.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑨Map original density - 1

text_image Map Original Density Set: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ ◀ >

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑨Map original density - 2

text_image MAP ORIGINAL DENSITY SET: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ >4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ ◀ >

2 Press the Enter key.

⑩Copy mode

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select between "1 Full-Color" ["1 FULL COLOUR"], "2 Black & White" and "3 Auto color selection" ["3 AUTO COLOUR SELECTION"].

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑩Copy mode - 1

text_image Default Copy Set: 1 Full-Color 2 Black & White 3 Auto color selection

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑩Copy mode - 2

text_image DEFAULT COPY SET: >1 FULL COLOUR 2 BLACK & WHITE 3 AUTO COLOUR SELECTION

2 Press the Enter key.

⑪ Original quality

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select between "1 Mixed", "2 Text", "3 Photo", "4 Print", "5 Map" and "|6| Eco".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑪ Original quality - 1

text_image Original quality: 1 Mixed 2 Text 3 Photo

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑪ Original quality - 2

text_image ORIGINAL QUALITY: 1 MIXED 2 TEXT 3 PHOTO

2 Press the Enter key.

⑫ Default drawer (b/w)

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) that will be automatically selected for feeding paper in black and white copying.

* The "1 paper" ["SOURCE 1"] drawer is not available in duplex copiers.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑫ Default drawer (b/w) - 1

text_image Default drawer: 1 1 Paper 2 2 Paper 3 3 Paper

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑫ Default drawer (b/w) - 2

text_image DEFAULT DRAWER: >1 SOURCE 1 2 SOURCE 2 3 SOURCE 3

2 Press the Enter key.

⑬Default drawer (color)

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) that will be automatically selected for feeding paper in color copying.

* The "1 paper" ["SOURCE 1"] drawer is not available in duplex copiers.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑬Default drawer (color) - 1

text_image Extra White Paper Default Cas. 1 1 Paper 2 2 Paper 3 3 Paper

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑬Default drawer (color) - 2

text_image DEFAULT DRAWER COLOUR: >1 SOURCE 1 2 SOURCE 2 3 SOURCE 3

2 Press the Enter key.

⑭Copy limit

1 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the maximum number of copies can be made at one time.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑭Copy limit - 1

text_image Copy limit: 999 sets

keys

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - keys - 1

text_image COPY LIMIT: 999 SETS

KEYS

2 Press the Enter key.

⑮ Margin width

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the default margin width. (The width can be set to any 1/8" increment between 1/4" and 3/4" [any 1 mm increment between 6 mm and 18 mm].)

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑮ Margin width - 1

text_image Margin width: 1/4" 1/4"~3/4" <<>

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑮ Margin width - 2

text_image MARGIN WIDTH: 6mm 6~18mm

2 Press the Enter key.

⑯ Erased border width

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the default width of the border to be erased. (The width can be set to either 1/4", 1/2" or 3/4" [6 mm, 12 mm or 18 mm].)

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑯ Erased border width - 1

text_image Border Erase width: 1 1/4" 2 1/2" 3 3/4"

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑯ Erased border width - 2

text_image BORDER ERASE WIDTH: >1 6mm 2 12mm 3 18mm

2 Press the Enter key.

⑰Custom erase size

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the length of the original to be used in the custom erase mode.

(The length can be set to any 5/16" increment between 3 11/16" and 8 7/16" [any 8 mm increment between 94 mm and 214 mm.])

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑰Custom erase size - 1

text_image Custom sheet(Border erase): 3¼/₁₆" 2³/₈"

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑰Custom erase size - 2

text_image CUSTOM ERASE SIZE: 94mm 60mm

2 Press the ▼ cursor key to change to the width size setting.

3 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to select the paper width. (The length can be set to any 1/8" increment between 2 3/8" and 11 5/8" [any 4 mm increment between 60 mm and 296 mm.])

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑰Custom erase size - 3

text_image Custom sheet(Border erase): 31/16" 23/8"

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑰Custom erase size - 4

text_image CUSTOM ERASE SIZE: 94mm 60mm

4 Press the Enter key.

⑱ Insert tray

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the drawer that contains the paper which will be fed in the insert sheet modes.

* The "1 paper" ["SOURCE 1"] drawer is not available in duplex copiers.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑱ Insert tray - 1

text_image Drawer for insert sheet: 1 Bypass 2 1 paper 3 2 paper

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑱ Insert tray - 2

text_image DRAWER FOR INSERT SHEETS: 1 BYPASS 2 SOURCE 1 3 SOURCE 2

2 Press the Enter key.

⑲ Sort mode ON/OFF (Output form)

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "|1| On" or "|2| Off".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑲ Sort mode ON/OFF (Output form) - 1

text_image Output Form: 1 On >2 Off

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑲ Sort mode ON/OFF (Output form) - 2

text_image OUTPUT FORM: 1 ON >2 OFF

2 Press the Enter key.

⑳Eject destination

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "1 Inner Eject" (copy storage table) or "2 Side Eject" (copy eject tray).

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑳Eject destination - 1

text_image Output Selection: →1 Inner Eject 2 Side Eject

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑳Eject destination - 2

text_image OUTPUT SELECTION: 1 INNER EJECT 2 SIDE EJECT

2 Press the Enter key.

②1 ACS adjustment

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to move the cursor on the exposure scale. Move the cursor to the right to make black and white copies even if there is a small amount of color in the original, and to the left to have color copies made even if there is a large volume of black and white in the original.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ②1 ACS adjustment - 1

text_image ACS Adjustment: > 1 2 3 4 5

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ②1 ACS adjustment - 2

text_image ACS ADJUSTMENT: > 1 2 3 4 5 ◀ ▶

2 Press the Enter key.

②2 Auto color adjustment

1 Make sure that there is 11" x 8 1/2" [A4] paper loaded in one of the drawers.
2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the image quality that you want to adjust the color for.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ②2 Auto color adjustment - 1

text_image Auto Adjustment: 1 End >2 Text+Photo/Text/Map/Eco 3 Photo

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ②2 Auto color adjustment - 2

text_image AUTO ADJUSTMENT: 1 END >2 TEXT+PHOTO/TEXT/MAP/ECO 3 PHOTO

3 Press the Enter key. The "Begin Auto Calibration" ["START AUTO CALIBRATION"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ②2 Auto color adjustment - 3

text_image Auto Adjustment(Text&Photo) Begin Auto Calibration Press Start 2 11x8½

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ②2 Auto color adjustment - 4

text_image AUTO ADJUSTMENT(TEXT+PHOTO) START AUTO CALIBRATION. PRESS START KEY. A4

4 Press the Start key. A PG color pattern will be printed out. Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ②2 Auto color adjustment - 5

text_image 3 Full Color 6 A.C.S. 9 Black & White Start 3 6 9 # C C

5 Once print out is complete, set the printed color pattern on the platen.

NOTES

- Set the PG color pattern on the platen so that the 3 squares are located on the left side as shown in the illustration.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

text_image Diagram showing a printer's internal structure with a magnified inset highlighting the printer's color palette.

- Press the Stop/Clear key if you want to cancel the auto color adjustment procedure.

6 Press the Start key.

The set PG color pattern will be scanned and auto color adjustment performed automatically.

7 Once adjustment is completed, the "Auto Adjustment (Text&Photo)" screen will appear.

Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select between "1 | Adjust Finish" ["1 | ADJUSTMENT COMPLETED"], "2 Test Copy" and "3 Adjust Again".

Inch specifications

Auto Adjustment(Text&Photo)

1 Adjust Finish 2 Test Copy 3 Adjust Again

Metric specifications

AUTO ADJUSTMENT(TEXT+PHOTO)

1 ADJUSTMENT COMPLETED 2 TEST COPY 3 ADJUST AGAIN

  • If you are finished with auto color adjustment, select "1 Adjust Finish" ["1 ADJUSTMENT COMPLETED"] and go to the next step.
  • If you want to make a test copy, select "2 Test Copy" and go directly to step 10.
  • If you want to perform auto color adjustment again, select "3|Adjust Again" and proceed directly to step 12.

8 Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the screen in step 2.

9 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key.

10 Press the Enter key.
11 Set an original and press the Start key. A test copy will be printed out and the message display will return to the screen in step 7.

Océ OP30C - AUTO ADJUSTMENT(TEXT+PHOTO) - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a printer (no text or symbols)

12 Press the Enter key. The message display will return to the screen in step 3. Repeat steps 4 through 7.

②3 Drum refresh

1 Press the Enter key.

The drum refresh operation will begin. Please wait about 5 minutes.

Inch specifications

Drum refresh:

Refresh is started. Press ENTER key

Metric specifications

DRUM REFRESH:

REFRESH IS STARTED. PRESS ENTER KEY.

2 Once the drum refresh operation is complete, press the Enter key.

24 Rotate sort ON/OFF

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "1 | On" or "2 Off".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - DRUM REFRESH: - 1

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - DRUM REFRESH: - 2

2 Press the Enter key.

(3) Machine default settings

The following 15 machine default settings can be changed.

Change any or all of the settings as desired in order to make the most effective use of your copier.

Default settingDescriptionAvailable settingsFactory settingReference page
1 Status report print outPrints out a list of all machine default settings.--------7-28
2 Auto drawer switching ON/OFFSets whether the automatic drawer switching function (page 2-5) will be used or not.On / OffOn7-28
3 Auto shut-off ON/OFFSets whether the auto shut-off function (page 6-48) will be used or not. The auto shut-off function automatically turns the main switch OFF if no operation has been performed on the copier for a certain period of time.* If auto shut-off interferes with your copying operations, turn this function OFF. It is recommended that you try to set a longer time interval until auto shut-off engages before you actually turn it OFF.On / OffOn7-28
4 Special paper locationSets the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) where recycled or special paper will be loaded.* No.3 and No.4 drawers can only be selected when the optional Paper Feeder is installed in your copier.* Be sure to load the type of paper selected under “15 Type of paper” on page 7-31 in the location selected here.Standard copiersBypass /1 paper [SOURCE 1] –4 paper [SOURCE 4]Duplex copiersBypass /2 paper [SOURCE 2] –4 paper [SOURCE 4]----7-28

Section 7 COPIER MANAGEMENT

Default settingDescriptionAvailable settingsFactory settingReference page
5 APS for special paper ON/OFFSets whether the paper loaded in the drawer that was selected under “4 Special paper location” on page 7-28 will be used or not in the auto paper selection mode or in automatic drawer switching (page 2-5).On / OffOn7-29
6 Color copy paper locationSets the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) where paper will be loaded for color copying. When you make color copies in the auto paper selection mode, copying will be performed onto paper that is loaded in the drawer that you select here.* No.3 and No.4 drawers can only be selected when the optional Paper Feeder is installed in your copier.Standard copiersBypass /1 paper [SOURCE 1] –4 paper [SOURCE 4]Duplex copiersBypass /2 paper [SOURCE 2] –4 paper [SOURCE 4]----7-29
7 Auto preheat timeSets the amount of time between the point that copying ends and the energy-saving preheat mode (page 6-47) engages.5 minutes – 45 minutes(5 minute increments)15 minutes7-29
8 Auto shut-off timeSets the amount of time that will elapse if no operation is performed before the auto shut-off function (page 6-48) engages and turns the copier OFF (It is also possible to disable the auto shut-off function. If the auto shut-off function is turned OFF, this setting will not be effective. (See “3 Auto shut-off ON/OFF” on page 7-28.)The factory default time is 30 minutes.* It is recommended that you try to set a longer time interval before auto shut-off engages if you use the copier frequently, and to a shorter time if it is used less frequently.* In order to disable the auto shut-off function, see “3 Auto shut-off ON/OFF” on page 7-28.15 minutes – 240minutes (15 minute increments)30 minutes7-29
9 Display contrast adjustmentAdjusts the contrast of the LCD display if you cannot see the message display clearly.1 – 74 (middle setting)7-30
10 Management PIN codeChanges the PIN code that is needed to access the copy management procedures (page 7-1), copy default settings (page 7-12) and these machine default settings (page 7-24).* If you do change the PIN code, be sure to make some sort of note of the new one. If you happen to forget it, enter the PIN code "6482".----30007-30
11 Silent mode ON/OFFThe copier can be switched to a silent mode, which shuts down the motor inside the copier immediately after each copy job is finished. If you select to turn the silent mode ON, the motor will be stopped immediately after copying is completed.On / OffOff7-30
12 Day & timeSet the current date and time and other related settings.* Be ABSOLUTELY certain to set the correct time, or certain functions of the copier may not operate properly.--------7-30
13 Checking the total counterPerform this procedure when you want to check the total number of black and white copies, mono-color copies and full color copies made.NOTE:The total counter can also be checked using the following procedure.1 Press the */Language key for approximately 5 seconds.The verification screen for the total counter will appear.Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of copies that you want to check the count for.2 After you are finished checking the total counter, use the ▲ cursor key to select “End” and then press the Enter key.--------7-31
14 Counter report print outPrints out reports on toner usage for each of the copy, printer and fax functions of this machine.--------7-31
15 Type of paperSets the type of paper that is loaded in each drawer.* Setting is possible for drawers No.1 through No.4 in standard copiers and drawers No.2 through No.4 in duplex copiers.PLAIN REPRINTED RECYCLED [RECYCLE] VELLUM ROUGH LETTERHEAD COLOR [COLOUR] PREPUNCHED Custom Size 1 – 8PLAIN7-31

(4) Accessing the machine default settings

1 Press the \*/Language key.

The "Default mode setting" ["SELECT SET ITEM"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the \*/Language key. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort Auto Selection/Filing Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stack Digital Editing Layout Duplex/Page Separation Prese Au Ex */AAA

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default".

Inch specifications

Default mode setting.

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default". - 1

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "4 Default". - 2

text_image SELECT SET ITEM 2 PROGRAM REGISTRATION ▶ 3 LANGUAGE ▶ 4 DEFAULT ▶

3 Press the Enter key.

4 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter the 4-digit management PIN code "3000".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 1

text_image Enter pin code using # key. □ □ □ □

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the Enter key. - 2

text_image ENTER ID-CODE WITH #-KEYS.

NOTE

It is possible for you to change the 4-digit management PIN code.

(See "⑩ Management PIN code" on page 7-30.)

5 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|4 | Machine Default".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|4 | Machine Default". - 1

text_image Default: 2 Management 3 Copy Default 4 Machine Default

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "|4 | Machine Default". - 2

text_image DEFAULT: 2 MANAGEMENT 3 COPY DEFAULT 4 MACHINE DEFAULT

6 Press the Enter key.

The "Machine default" screen will appear.

7 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the machine default setting that you want to change. See “(3) Machine default settings” on page 7-24 for information on the settings that can be changed.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the machine default setting that you want to change. See “(3) Machine default settings” on page 7-24 for information on the settings that can be changed. - 1

text_image Machine default: End Status Report Auto Cas. Switch :On

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the machine default setting that you want to change. See “(3) Machine default settings” on page 7-24 for information on the settings that can be changed. - 2

text_image MACHINE DEFAULT: END STATUS REPORT AUTO CASSETTE SW :ON

8 Press the Enter key.

9 Refer to and perform the following procedure that corresponds to the setting that you want to change.

NOTES

  • The arrow (>) displayed in the screen for each setting indicates the current setting for that default.
  • After you finish each setting, the display will return to the screen in step 7. If you want to change any other settings, repeat steps 7 through 9.

10 Once you have finished making all of the default settings you want, use the ▲ cursor key to select "End" and then press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

①Status report print out

1 Make sure that 11" x 8 1/2" [A4] size paper is loaded in one of the drawers.

* If a Memory Copy Board is installed in your copier, make sure that 8 1/2" x 11" or 11" x 8 1/2" [A4 or A4R] size paper is loaded in one of the drawers. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder.)

2 Press the Enter key.

The status report will be printed out.

②Auto drawer switching ON/OFF

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "1 On" or "2 Off".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ②Auto drawer switching ON/OFF - 1

text_image Automatic drawer switching: >1 On 2 Off

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ②Auto drawer switching ON/OFF - 2

text_image AUTOMATIC DRAWER SWITCHING: >1 ON 2 OFF

2 Press the Enter key.

③Auto shut-off ON/OFF

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either “□ On” or “|2| Off”.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ③Auto shut-off ON/OFF - 1

text_image Auto shut-off: >1 On 2 Off

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ③Auto shut-off ON/OFF - 2

text_image AUTO SHUT-OFF: ▶>1 ON 2 OFF

2 Press the Enter key.

④ Special paper location

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) where recycled or special paper will be loaded.

* The "1 paper" ["SOURCE 1"] drawer is not available in duplex copiers.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ④ Special paper location - 1

text_image Special paper: End Bypass :— 1 paper :—

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ④ Special paper location - 2

text_image SPECIAL PAPER: END BYPASS :- SOURCE 1 :- <>

2 Press the ▶ cursor key. An asterisk (*) will appear next to the selected location.

If you want to cancel the designation, press the ◀ cursor key and the asterisk will be deleted.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ④ Special paper location - 3

text_image Special paper: End Bypass :— 1 paper :* <>

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ④ Special paper location - 4

text_image SPECIAL PAPER: END BYPASS :- SOURCE 1 :* <>

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "End" and then press the Enter key.

⑤APS for special paper ON/OFF

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "|1| On" or "2 Off".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑤APS for special paper ON/OFF - 1

text_image APS for special paper: 1 On 2 Off

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑤APS for special paper ON/OFF - 2

text_image APS FOR SPECIAL PAPER: 1 ON 2 OFF

2 Press the Enter key.

⑥Color copy paper location

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the location (a drawer or the multi-bypass tray) where paper will be loaded for color copying.

* The "1 paper" ["SOURCE 1"] drawer is not available in duplex copiers.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑥Color copy paper location - 1

text_image Extra White Paper Copy/Print: End Bypass :- 1 paper :- <>

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑥Color copy paper location - 2

text_image COLOUR PAPER CASSETTE: END BYPASS :- SOURCE 1 :- < >

2 Press the ▶ cursor key. An asterisk (*) will appear next to the selected location.

If you want to cancel the designation, press the ◀ cursor key and the asterisk will be deleted.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑥Color copy paper location - 3

text_image Extra White Paper Copy/Print: End Bypass :- 1 paper :* <>

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑥Color copy paper location - 4

text_image COLOUR PAPER CASSETTE: END BYPASS :- SOURCE 1 :* < >

3 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "End" and then press the Enter key.

⑦ Auto preheat time

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the amount of time before the preheat mode engages. (The time can be set to any 5 minute increment between 5 minutes and 45 minutes.)

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑦ Auto preheat time - 1

text_image Auto preheat time: 5min. 10min. >15min.

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑦ Auto preheat time - 2

text_image AUTO PREHEAT TIME: 5MIN. 10MIN. >15MIN.

2 Press the Enter key.

⑧ Auto shut-off time

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the amount of time before the auto shut-off function engages. (The time can be set to any 15 minute increment between 15 minutes and 240 minutes.)

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑧ Auto shut-off time - 1

text_image Auto shut-off time: 15min. >30min. 45min.

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑧ Auto shut-off time - 2

text_image AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME: 15MIN. >30MIN. 45MIN.

2 Press the Enter key.

⑨Display contrast adjustment

1 Press the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to adjust the contrast. Move the cursor to the right to make the display darker, and to the left to make the display lighter.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑨Display contrast adjustment - 1

text_image Display contrast adjustment: 1 2 3 >4 5 6 7

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑨Display contrast adjustment - 2

text_image DISPLAY CONTRAST ADJUST.: 1 2 3 >4 5 6 7 <<>

2 Press the Enter key.

⑩Management PIN code

1 Use the numeric keys on the keypad to enter a new 4-digit management PIN code.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑩Management PIN code - 1

text_image Management code change: 3000

keys

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - keys - 1

text_image MANAGEMENT CODE CHANGE: 3000

KEYS

2 Press the Enter key.

⑪ Silent mode ON/OFF

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select either "1 | On" or "2 Off".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑪ Silent mode ON/OFF - 1

text_image Silent Mode: 1 On 2 Off

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑪ Silent mode ON/OFF - 2

text_image SILENT MODE: 1 ON 2 OFF

2 Press the Enter key.

⑫ Day & time

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "Time".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑫ Day &amp; time - 1

text_image Day/Time End Time : 00:00 DST : OFF

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑫ Day &amp; time - 2

text_image DAY/TIME END TIME : 00:00 SUMMERTIME: OFF

2 Use the ◀ cursor or the ▶ cursor key to set the current time.

3 Perform the other settings "DST" ["SUMMERTIME"], "Time Zone", "Year", "Month" and "Day" in the same manner.

4 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "End" and then press the Enter key.

⑬Checking the total counter

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of copies that you want to check the count for.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑬Checking the total counter - 1

text_image Overview by Total counter: End Copy(B/W) : 123 Copy(Monocoler) : 456

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑬Checking the total counter - 2

text_image OVERVIEW BY TOTAL COUNTER: END COPY(B/W) : 123 COPY(MONOCOLOUR) : 456

2 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "End" and then press the Enter key.

NOTE

The total counter can also be checked using the following procedure.

1 Press the */Language key for approximately 5 seconds.
The verification screen for the total counter will appear.
Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of copies that you want to check the count for.
2 After you are finished checking the total counter, use the ▲ cursor key to select "End" and then press the Enter key.

⑭ Counter report print out

1 Make sure that 11" x 8 1/2" [A4] size paper is loaded in one of the drawers.

* If a Memory Copy Board is installed in your copier, make sure that 8 1/2" x 11" or 11" x 8 1/2" [A4 or A4R] size paper is loaded in one of the drawers. (8 1/2" x 11" and A4R paper can be loaded into the optional Paper Feeder.)

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select which report you want to print out.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑭ Counter report print out - 1

text_image Toner coverage inf: 1 End 2 Total 3 Copies

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑭ Counter report print out - 2

text_image COUNTER REPORT: 1 END 2 TOTAL 3 COPIES

3 Press the Enter key. The selected report will be printed out.

4 Use the ▲ cursor key to select "1 End" and then press the Enter key.

⑮Type of paper

1 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the type of paper that is loaded in each drawer.

* The "Paper Type 1st Cassette" ["PAPER TYPE (1ST)"] drawer setting is not available in duplex copiers.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑮Type of paper - 1

text_image Paper Type 1st Cassette: >PLAIN PREPRINTED RECYCLED

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - ⑮Type of paper - 2

text_image PAPER TYPE(1ST): >PLAIN PREPRINTED RECYCLE

2 Press the Enter key.

3. Changing the language used for messages

You can select the language that will be used in the message display.

NOTE

The available languages are as follows:

Inch specification copiers: English, French ("Français"), Spanish ("Español") and Japanese ("日本語")

Metric specification copiers: English, German ("DEUTSCH"), French ("FRANÇAIS"), Italian ("ITALIANO") and Spanish ("ESPAÑOL")

1 Press the \*/Language key.

The "Default mode setting" ["SELECT SET ITEM"] screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Press the \*/Language key. - 1

text_image Punch Staple Sort Sort */ Language Auto Selection/Filing Book Mode Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/Page Sensation Prese Au Ex */AAA 3 2 A B/D P/ID 0

2 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Language".

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Language". - 1

text_image Default mode setting. 1 End 2 Store Program 3 Language

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select "3 Language". - 2

text_image SELECT SET ITEM 1 END 2 PROGRAM REGISTRATION ▶ 3 LANGUAGE ▶

3 Press the Enter key.

The available languages will be displayed.

4 Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the language that you want to use.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the language that you want to use. - 1

text_image Change Language display. #1 English #2 Français #3 Español

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Use the ▲ cursor or the ▼ cursor key to select the language that you want to use. - 2

text_image SELECT LANGUAGE. 1 ENGLISH 2 DEUTSCH 3 FRANÇAIS

5 Press the Enter key.

* The language will be changed, and the message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

Section 8 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

(1) SRDF (Sheet-thru Reverse Document feeder)

Automatically feeds and scans multiple sheet-originals one by one. Two-sided originals are automatically turned over so that both sides can be scanned and copied.

- Acceptable originals

  • Use sheet originals only
  • Paper weight

One-sided originals: Use only originals with a paper weight of between 35 g/m² and 160 g/m².

Two-sided originals: Use only originals with a paper weight of between 50 g/m² and 120 g/m².

- Sizes

8 1/2" x 5 1/2" - 11" x 17" [A5R - A3]

• Number which can be set at one time

100 sheets (smaller than 11" x 8 1/2" [A4] size, between 50 g/m² and 80 g/m²)

70 sheets (larger than 8 1/2" x 14" [B4] size, between 50 g/m² and 80 g/m²)

(The maximum number of originals that can be set when using the auto selection mode is 30 sheets.)

● Notes on acceptable documents

Be sure NOT to use the following as originals in the SRDF:

• OHP film or other transparencies.
- Soft originals such as carbon or vinyl paper, or other originals that are badly curled, wrinkled or creased.
- Irregularly shaped originals, wet originals, or originals that have adhesive tape or glue on them.
- Originals bound with clips or staples. (If you must use such originals, be sure to remove the clips or staples, and straighten any curls, wrinkles or creases, before setting them in the SRDF.)
- Originals with cut-out sections or that have a slippery surface on either side.
• Originals on which any correction fluid is still wet.
- Originals with strong folds. (If you must use such originals, be sure to smooth out the folds before setting them in the SRDF.)
* In addition, originals with punched holes or perforations should be set so that the edge of the paper with the holes or perforations is facing away from the SRDF.

  • Names of parts
    Océ OP30C - ● Notes on acceptable documents - 1
text_image Diagram of a printer with numbered parts labeled for identification

① Original table

(Set originals to be copied on this table.)

② Original insert guides

(Align these guides to fit the width of the originals to be copied.)

③ Left cover

(Open this cover if an original misfeed occurs.)

④ Original eject table

(Originals that have been copied are ejected and stored here.)

⑤ Ejection extension

(Open this extension when using larger sized originals such as 8 1/2" x 14" and 11" x 17" [B4 and A3].

⑥ SRDF release lever

(Operate this lever when you want to open the SRDF.)

⑦ Original set indicator

(Indicated the status of originals set in the SRDF.

Lit green: Originals are set properly. Copying will begin when you press the Start key.

Blinking green: Reset originals.

Blinking red: An original has jammed. See page 9-14 and removed the jammed original.

●Setting originals in the SRDF

1 Adjust the original insert guides to fit the width of original(s) to be copied.

Océ OP30C - ●Setting originals in the SRDF - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a printer being inserted into a device, showing mechanical components and arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

NOTES

- Before copying, make sure that there are no originals remaining on the original eject table. Originals left on the eject table can cause other originals to misfeed.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 1

natural_image Illustration of hands operating a printer with arrows indicating process (no text or symbols)

- If you are setting multiple originals at one time, ALWAYS use originals of the same size. It is, however, possible to use different size originals of the same width (ex.: 11" x 8 1/2" and 11" x 17" [A4 and A3]) at the same time if you use the auto selection mode. See page 8-3.)

2 Arrange the originals in order and set them face up (front side up for 2-sided copies) on the original table. The original set indicator will light green. If the indicator doesn't light, set the originals once again.

Océ OP30C - NOTES - 2

text_image Diagram showing a hand printing a document labeled 'A' onto a printer, with an arrow indicating the process.

IMPORTANT!

- Be sure to set only a number of originals that is LESS than the level indicator on inside of the rear insert guide. Also, DO NOT set originals outside the acceptable range as this can cause the originals to misfeed. (See page 8-1 for details on acceptable originals.)

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a vehicle interior with a highlighted rectangular component (no text or symbols)

- To keep ejected originals from falling off the copier, open the ejection extension when using larger sized originals such as 8 1/2" x 14" and 11" x 17" [B4 and A3].

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a paper into the cover (no text or symbols)

- When copying from 2-sided originals, the originals will be temporarily ejected from the left cover in order to turn them over and copy the reverse side. Do NOT touch them at this point! Any attempt to remove them can cause the originals to misfeed.

●Setting originals on the platen

When copying from an original which cannot be set in the SRDF (books, magazines, etc.), lift open the SRDF and set the original directly on the platen.

1 Operate the SRDF release lever and open the SRDF.

* Before opening the SRDF, make sure that there are no originals remaining on the original eject table. If there are originals left on the eject table, they will fall off the copier when the SRDF is opened.

Océ OP30C - Operate the SRDF release lever and open the SRDF. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a stackable paper into a printer (no text or symbols present)

2 Set the original to be copied face-down and align the edges with the original size indicator lines.

Océ OP30C - Set the original to be copied face-down and align the edges with the original size indicator lines. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand placing a paper labeled 'H' into an open machine (no text or symbols beyond the label)

3 Hold the SRDF release lever and close the SRDF.

IMPORTANT!

Do NOT put undue pressure on the SRDF when you close it or there is a chance that you might break the platen glass.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

CAUTION

DO NOT leave the document feeder open as there is a danger of personal injury.

●Auto selection mode

If you use the auto selection mode without pressing the Paper Select key and specifying a desired paper size, originals will be checked on by one for their size and the appropriate copy exposure, and paper of the same size as each original will be selected automatically.

* You can set up to 30 originals in the SRDF in this mode.

* Only originals with the same width, such as 11" x 17" and 11" x 8 1/2" [A3 and A4] size originals can be used in this mode.

- Selecting the auto selection mode

1 Press the Auto Selection/Filing key to light the corresponding indicator.

The "Select function" screen will appear.

Inch specifications Metric specifications
Océ OP30C - Press the Auto Selection/Filing key to light the corresponding indicator. - 1

text_image Punch Language Auto Selection/ Filing Program Book House Transparency Film/ Card Stock Digital Editing Layout Duplex/ Page Separation Print Data Print Read Print Attent Preset R/E Auto Exp. 1 *//AA 1

2 Make sure that "|1| Auto select" [ "|1| AUTO SEL."] is selected and press the Enter key.

The message display will return to the "Ready to copy." screen.

(2) Paper Feeder

This paper storage unit has two 250-sheet capacity drawers similar to those included as standard equipment with your copier.

• Paper capacity (each drawer)
250 sheets (standard copy paper of a paper weight between 75 g/m ^2 and 90 g/m ^2 )
- Acceptable sizes of paper
8 1/2" x 11", 11" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 14" and 11" x 17" [A5R, B5R, A4R, A4, B4 and A3]

Paper is loaded in these drawers the same manner as with the included drawers. (See page 3-1.)

* An access cover is included on the right side of the unit just in case paper jams in either of these drawers.

* Casters are attached to the bottom of the Paper Feeder.

Océ OP30C - Paper Feeder - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a rack-mounted server unit with multiple drawers and mounting feet (no text or symbols)

* To prevent the copier from tipping over because of weight in the copier and the upper paper drawers, the caster kit must be installed at the bottom-most paper feeder, when an optional paper feeder is installed with the copier.

Océ OP30C - Paper Feeder - 2

CAUTION

To prevent the possibility of accidents due to tilting the copier body, always turn the desk's stopper bolts until they make firm contact with the floor during initial installation or whenever the machine is moved.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

CAUTION

To prevent the copier from tipping over, the optional caster kit must be installed when the copier is installed with an optional paper feeder.

(3) Document Finisher

The Document Finisher stores a large quantity of copies and can sort multiple copy sets by shifting their position of ejection. It can also staple the copy sets as well. For more details, refer to the Operation Guide for the Document Finisher.

Océ OP30C - Document Finisher - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with no visible text or symbols

(4) Memory Copy Board

The Memory Copy Board is required in order to use the following modes and functions of your copier.

  • Margin mode
  • Border erase modes
  • Print page numbers mode
    • Transparency + backing sheet mode
  • Presentation mode
  • Insert sheet modes
  • Layout modes
  • BW/Selection mode
  • Poster mode
  • Filing mode
  • Sort mode
  • Rotate copy function
    • Copy management function

* The Memory Copy Board is standard in duplex copiers.

Océ OP30C - Memory Copy Board - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of an electronic component with internal circuitry and a separate slot (no text or symbols)

(5) Key Counter

The Key Counter is used for checking copier use and is convenient for centralized management of the number of copies made by each department as well as the total number of copies made on the machine overall.

* There are cases when prints made using the optional printer functions of this machine are counted on the key counter.

Océ OP30C - Key Counter - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a rectangular electronic component with slots and ventilation slots (no text or symbols)

● Setting the Key Counter

Insert the Key Counter securely into the key counter opening.

Océ OP30C - ● Setting the Key Counter - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand pressing down on a mechanical device with an arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols)

NOTE

When you are using the key counter function, copies cannot be made unless the Key Counter is inserted into the copier. If the Key Counter is not securely inserted into its opening, "Insert key counter." will appear in the message display.

(6) Printer Kit

If the Printer Kit is installed in your copier, you can use the copier as a printer. For more details, refer to the Operation Guide for the Printer Kit.

Inch specifications

Océ OP30C - Printer Kit - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a computer motherboard with slots, connectors, and ventilation slots (no text or labels)

Metric specifications

Océ OP30C - Printer Kit - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a computer motherboard with slots, connectors, and drive bays (no text or labels)

(7) Fax Kit

If the Fax Kit is installed in your copier, you can use the copier as a facsimile. For more details, refer to the Operation Guide for the Fax Kit.

Océ OP30C - Fax Kit - 1

natural_image Isometric line drawing of an electronic device chassis with circuit boards and components (no text or labels)

(8) Network Scanner Kit

If the Network Scanner Kit is installed in your copier, you can use the copier as a scanner from multiple computers over your network. For more details, refer to the Operation Guide for the Network Scanner Kit.

Océ OP30C - Network Scanner Kit - 1

natural_image Line drawing of an electronic circuit board with various components (no text or symbols)

1. If one of the following messages is displayed

When any of the following messages appears on the message display, take the indicated action.

MessageProcedureReference page
“Close xxx cover.”“CLOSE xxx COVER.”The indicated cover is open. Close all covers securely.——
“Add paper in drawer.”“ADD PAPER IN DRAWER.”There is no paper in the indicated drawer. Load paper of the indicated size.3-1
“Set drawer.”“CLOSE PAPER DRAWER.”One of the drawers is not closed properly. First pull it out, and then push it all the way back in.——
“Install duplex unit.”“INSTALL DUPLEX UNIT.”(Only in duplex copiers) The Duplex Unit is not inserted properly. First pull it out, and then push it all the way back in.——
“Please Open Eject Tray”“THICK PAPER MODE PROGRAM'D”“2 Side eject” is selected under copy default setting “29 Eject destination” (page 7-22), or the “|1| Transparency mode” or “|2| Thick paper mode” are selected (page 3-5), but the copy eject tray is closed. Open the copy eject tray.——
“Drawer inoperable. Call for service.”“PAPER DRAWER IS OUT OF ORDER. SELECT OTHER PAPER DRAWER.”The drawer currently in use is out of order and cannot be used for the moment. Contact your service representative or an authorized service center as soon as possible. If you want to continue copying, use another drawer.——
“Check paper size.”“CHECK PAPER SIZE.”There is no paper loaded of a size that can be used in the currently selected mode. Check the paper.——
“Reposi ori. or change drawer.”“REPOSITION ORIGINAL OR SELECT OTHER PAPER DRAWER.”The orientation of the original and the selected paper are different. Change the orientation of the original. If you press the Start key without changing the original, copying will be performed at a 100% (1:1) magnification ratio.——
“Check bypass size setting. Differ from actual size.”“CHECK PAPER: NOT REGIST'D SIZE”The size of the paper set on the multi-bypass tray and that loaded in the drawer are different. press the Stop/Clear key to delete the error message. Make sure the size of paper on the multi-bypass tray and that loaded in the drawer are the same and restart the copy operation from the beginning.3-4
"Change bypass paper size" "CHANGE BYPASS PAPER SIZE."Copying is not possible at the paper size selected for the multi-bypass tray. Change the paper size setting.3-4
"Exceeded copy quantity limit." "COPY LIMIT REACHED. NO COPYING"The number of copies made under your department code has reached the limit that was set under the copy management mode and copying is no longer possible with that code. Use the copy management mode to clear the copy count.7-1
"Set toner container." "SET TONER CONTAINER."One or more of the toner containers is not set or are not set properly. Set the toner containers properly.3-8
"Ready to copy. Add toner. (KCMY)" "READY TO COPY. ADD TONER. (KCMY)"There is insufficient toner left in the indicated toner container. Replace the corresponding toner cartridge as soon as possible (C = cyan, M = magenta, Y = yellow, K = black).3-8
"Add toner to resume copying. (KCMY)" "ADD TONER TO RESUME COPYING. (KCMY)"The copier has run out of toner of the color indicated. Replace the corresponding toner cartridge immediately (C = cyan, M = magenta, Y = yellow, K = black).3-8
"Ready to copy. Time to replace the oil kit" "READY TO COPY. TIME TO REPLACE THE OIL KIT."It is almost time to replace the oil kit. Replace the oil roller as soon as possible.3-13
"Replace the oil kit now. Unable to copy." "REPLACE THE OIL KIT NOW. CANNOT COPY."Replacement of the oil kit is required. Replace the oil roller immediately.3-13
"Check waste toner tank." "CHANGE WASTE TONER TANK."· The waste toner tank is full. Replace the waste toner tank. · The waste toner tank is not set properly. Set the toner waste toner tank properly.3-8
"Call for service." "CALL FOR SERVICE."Open and then close the front cover. If this message still remains, make a note of the number that displayed with the "C", turn the main switch OFF (Φ) and contact your service representative or authorized service center.
"System error. Main switch off / on." "SYSTEM ERROR. MAIN SWITCH OFF / ON."An error has occurred. Turn the main switch OFF (Φ) and then back ON ( | ) again.
"Time for maintenance" "TIME FOR MAINTENANCE"Periodic maintenance is required to keep your copier in good condition. Contact your service representative or authorized service center as soon as possible.
"Memory is full." "MEMORY IS FULL."The copier's memory is full. Select whether you want to print out that data that is already scanned or delete all of that data. It will not be possible to copy or scan another original until one of these two operations is performed.
"Paper misfeed.""PAPER MISFEED."If paper misfeeds, the copier will stop, and the location of the misfeed will be indicated on the message display. Leave the main switch ON ( | ) and follow the appropriate procedure to remove the jammed paper.9-4
"Reset all originals in feeder.""Misfeed in feeder. Remove original(s).""REMOVE ORIGINAL FROM FEEDER.""MISFEED IN FEEDER. REMOVE ORIGINAL(S)."An original has jammed in the optional DF. Leave the main switch ON ( | ) and follow the appropriate procedure to remove the jammed original.9-14
"Duplex tray inoperable, call for service.""DUPLEX UNIT IS OUT OF ORDER. 1-SIDED COPYING IS POSSIBLE."The Duplex Unit is out of order and 2-sided copying is not possible. Contact your service representative or authorized service center immediately.
"Paper capacity exceeded.Remove paper from Inner.""PAPER CAPACITY EXCEEDED. REMOVE PAPER FROM INNER TRAY."There are already 250 sheets of paper stored in the copy storage table. Remove the paper and resume copying.4-4
"Paper capacity exceeded.Remove paper from Finisher.""PAPER CAPACITY EXCEEDED. REMOVE PAPER FROM FINISHER."There are already 250 sheets of paper stored in the optional Document Finisher. Remove the paper and resume copying.8-4
"Remove paper from Finisher inner tray.""REMOVE PAPER FROM INNER TRAY OF FINISHER."Paper has been misfed inside the optional Document Finisher. Refer to the Operation Guide for the Document Finisher and remove the jammed paper.
"Out of staples. Add staples.""STAPLER EMPTY. ADD STAPLES."There are no staples left in the optional Document Finisher. Refer to the Operation Guide for the Document Finisher and load staples.
"Check punch waste tank.""PUNCH HOLE CONTAINER FULL."· The hole punch waste container in the optional Document Finisher is full. Refer to the Operation Guide for your Document Finisher and dispose of the waste hole punch.· The hole punch waste container in the optional Document Finisher is not set properly. Refer to the Operation Guide for your Document Finisher and set the hole punch waste container properly.
"Cannot staple this size.""CANNOT STAPLE THIS PAPER SIZE."Stapling of small size paper, such as 5 12 " x 8 12 " [A5R and B5R], is not possible. Refer to the Operation Guide for the Document Finisher.
"Cannot sort this size.""CANNOT SORT THIS PAPER SIZE."Small sizes such as 5 12 " x 8 12 " [A5R and B5R] cannot be used in the Document Finisher under the sort mode. Use the copy storage table or the copy eject tray when copying onto such paper.

2. If paper jams

If a paper misfeed occurs, copying will stop. A message will appear about the misfeed and the location of the misfeed will be indicated on the operation panel. Leave the main switch ON ( | ) and refer to “(3) Removal procedures” on page 9-5 to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - If paper jams - 1

text_image Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered components for identification

(1) Misfeed location indicators

① Misfeed in the paper feed area (page 9-5)
② Misfeed in the paper conveyor section (page 9-7)
③ Misfeed in the transfer section (page 9-8)
④ Misfeed in the fixing section (page 9-10)
⑤ Misfeed inside the left cover or near the copy storage table (page 9-12)
⑥ Misfeed in the Duplex Unit (Only in duplex copiers) (page 9-13)
⑦ Misfeed in the optional SRDF (page 9-14)
⑧ Misfeed in the optional Document Finisher (page 9-15)

(2) Cautions

Océ OP30C - Cautions - 1

WARNING

High voltage is present in the charger section. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of electrical shock.

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

The copier's fixing unit is extremely hot. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of getting burned.

* Do not reuse misfed paper.
* If paper is torn during removal, be sure to remove any loose scraps of paper from inside the copier, or they could cause another misfeed later.
* Once misfed paper has been removed, warm-up will begin, the misfeed message will disappear, and the copier will return to the same settings prior to the misfeed.
* If a misfeed occurs in the optional Document Finisher, it is not necessary to add the misfed copy to the other copies in the Document Finisher tray, as that copy will be automatically made again.

(3) Removal procedures

①Misfeed in a paper feed area

● Misfeed in a drawer

If "Paper misfeed in drawer. Remove paper." ["MISFEED IN PAPER DRAWER. REMOVE PAPER."] is displayed and any of the misfeed location indicators shown in the illustration light, a misfeed has occurred in the indicated drawer. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - ● Misfeed in a drawer - 1

natural_image Pure technical diagram of a mechanical or electrical component with no visible text, numbers, or symbols.

* If the optional Paper Feeder is installed in your copier and the jam has occurred in that unit, the misfeed location indicators indicated by the ① in the illustration will light. Follow the same procedure to remove the jammed paper.

1 Pull out the drawer currently being used.

Océ OP30C - ● Misfeed in a drawer - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

2 Remove the jammed paper without tearing it.

* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - ● Misfeed in a drawer - 3

natural_image Line drawing of a computer tower drawer with an open drawer and a hand inserting a paper into the drawer (no text or symbols)

3 Push the drawer back in firmly.

Océ OP30C - ● Misfeed in a drawer - 4

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating the insertion point (no text or symbols present)

● Misfeed inside the right side drawer cover

If "Paper misfeed. Open Upper Feed Cover." ["PAPER MISFEED. OPEN UPPER FEEDER COVER."] is displayed and either of the misfeed location indicators shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred inside the right side drawer cover. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - ● Misfeed inside the right side drawer cover - 1

natural_image Pure technical diagram of a mechanical or electrical component without any text, numbers, or symbols

* If the optional Paper Feeder is installed in your copier and the jam has occurred in that unit, "Paper misfeed. Open second right cover." ["PAPER MISFEED. OPEN RIGHT 2 COVER."] will be displayed and the misfeed location indicator indicated by the ⑥ in the illustration will light. Follow the same procedure to remove the jammed paper.

1 Open the right side drawer cover for the drawer indicated by the lit misfeed location indicator.

Océ OP30C - ● Misfeed inside the right side drawer cover - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a folder into a server rack (no text or symbols)

2 Remove the jammed paper without tearing it.

* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - Remove the jammed paper without tearing it. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a server rack (no text or symbols)

3 Pull out the indicated drawer.

Océ OP30C - Pull out the indicated drawer. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a file into a rack, with a black arrow indicating the direction (no text or symbols present)

4 If there is any jammed paper inside that drawer, remove it without tearing it.

* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - If there is any jammed paper inside that drawer, remove it without tearing it. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a printer's internal structure being inserted, showing paper being placed into the holder (no text or symbols present)

5 Push the drawer back in firmly and close the right side drawer cover.

● Misfeed in the multi-bypass tray

If "Paper misfeed in stack bypass. Remove paper." is displayed and the misfeed location indicator shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred in the multi-bypass tray. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - ● Misfeed in the multi-bypass tray - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

1 Remove all of the paper remaining in the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - Remove all of the paper remaining in the multi-bypass tray. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a printer (no text or symbols)

2 Reset the paper in the multi-bypass tray.

Océ OP30C - Reset the paper in the multi-bypass tray. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a card into a computer monitor (no text or symbols)

3

Open and then close the front cover.

The misfeed message will disappear and copying will start again.

* Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely.

Océ OP30C - 3 - 1

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a door panel with arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

②Misfeed in the paper conveyor section

If "Paper misfeed. Open Front Cover." is displayed and the misfeed location indicator shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred in the paper conveyor section. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - ②Misfeed in the paper conveyor section - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

1

Open the front cover.

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

natural_image Line drawing of hands opening a rack with a directional arrow indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols)

2

Operate the paper conveyor release lever and pull the paper conveyor out towards you as far as it will go.

Océ OP30C - 2 - 1

natural_image Diagram of a computer case with an open case and hand operating the case (no text or symbols visible)

Océ OP30C - 2 - 2

WARNING

High voltage is present in the charger section. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of electrical shock.

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

The copier's fixing unit is extremely hot. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of getting burned.

3

Push the green release lever (shown as ① in the illustration) down to the right, and remove the jammed paper without tearing it.

* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - 3 - 1

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand operating a mechanical device with an inset close-up highlighting a component labeled '①'.

4

If paper can be seen on top of the conveyor section as well, remove the paper without tearing it.
* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - 4 - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a printer's internal structure with a hand holding a paper (no text or symbols)

5

Replace the paper conveyor in its original position in the copier.

Océ OP30C - 5 - 1

natural_image Line drawing of hands assembling or adjusting a mechanical component with an arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

6

Close the front cover.

* Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely.

Océ OP30C - 6 - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand pressing down on a computer rack with a scroll arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols)

Misfeed in the transfer section

If "Paper misfeed. Open Front Cover." is displayed and the misfeed location indicator shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred in the transfer section. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - Misfeed in the transfer section - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

1

Open the front cover.

Océ OP30C - 1 - 1

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a door panel with a black arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols present)

2

Operate the paper conveyor release lever and pull the paper conveyor out towards you as far as it will go.

Océ OP30C - 2 - 1

natural_image Diagram of a hand inserting or removing a mechanical component into a device (no text or symbols visible)

Océ OP30C - 2 - 2

WARNING

High voltage is present in the charger section. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of electrical shock.

Océ OP30C - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

The copier's fixing unit is extremely hot. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of getting burned.

3 Turn the green transfer unit release lever to the left until it reaches a vertical position.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand using a tool to adjust or install a component, with no visible text or symbols.

4 Grasp the transfer unit handle (shown as ① in the illustration) and pull the transfer unit out towards you as far as it will go.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand operating a mechanical component with numbered callouts and directional arrow indicating motion or assembly.

5 Remove the jammed paper without tearing it. If the paper is difficult to remove at all, turn the black paper feed dial (shown as ② in the illustration) towards you. The misfed paper will be fed out to a location that makes it easier to remove.

* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

text_image Technical diagram showing hands operating a mechanical device with directional arrows indicating movement or assembly.

IMPORTANT!

The drum (shown as ③ in the illustration) is extremely sensitive to dirt. Do not to touch the drum with your hands.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 1

text_image Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered component labeled ③

6 Replace the transfer unit in its original position in the copier.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with a hand operating a component (no text or symbols visible)

7 Push down on the release lock (shown as ④ in the illustration) and replace the transfer unit release lever into its original position in the copier.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 3

text_image Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with labeled component 4 and directional arrows indicating motion or movement

8 Replace the paper conveyor in its original position in the copier.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 4

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a mechanical component inside a device (no text or symbols visible)

9 Close the front cover. * Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely.

Océ OP30C - IMPORTANT! - 5

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a door panel with arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

④Misfeed in the fixing section

If "Paper misfeed. Remove paper from Fixing unit." is displayed and the misfeed location indicator shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred in the fixing section. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - ④Misfeed in the fixing section - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

1 Open the front cover.

Océ OP30C - ④Misfeed in the fixing section - 2

natural_image Line drawing of hands installing or adjusting a cabinet panel with a curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

2 Operate the paper conveyor release lever and pull the paper conveyor out towards you as far as it will go.

Océ OP30C - ④Misfeed in the fixing section - 3

natural_image Diagram of a printer internal structure with hand operating it, showing no text or symbols

WARNING

High voltage is present in the charger section. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of electrical shock.

CAUTION

The copier's fixing unit is extremely hot. Take sufficient care when working in this area, as there is a danger of getting burned.

3 Grasp the green handle (shown as ① in the illustration) to the left cover to the fixing unit and open that cover.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand inserting a component into a printer, with an inset highlighting the component's insertion.

4 While holding the 2 green lock-levers (shown as ② in the illustration) down towards you, open the upper cover to the fixing unit.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

text_image Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with numbered annotations indicating process flow

5 Grasp the handle (marked with an "A" and shown as ③ in the illustration) to the inner cover and open that cover.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 3

text_image Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with numbered instructions and directional arrows indicating motion

6 Remove the jammed paper without tearing it. If the paper is difficult to remove at all, turn the green paper feed dial (shown as ④ in the illustration). The misfed paper will be fed out to a location that makes it easier to remove. * If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 4

text_image Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with labeled components and directional arrows

7 Close all open covers.

* Be sure to hold the middle handle (marked with a "B" and shown as ⑤ in the illustration) when you close the inner cover to the fixing unit.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 5

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand operating a mechanical component with labeled part 5

8 Replace the paper conveyor in its original position in the copier.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 6

natural_image Line drawing of hands operating a mechanical device with an arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

Close the front cover.

* Be sure to hold both the left and right sides of the front cover and close it securely.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 7

natural_image Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a door panel with arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

⑤Misfeed inside the left cover or near the copy storage table

If "Paper misfeed. Open Left Side Cover." ["PAPER MISFEED. OPEN LEFT COVER."] is displayed and the misfeed location indicator shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred inside the left cover or by the copy storage table. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 8

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

1 Remove all of the copies from the copy storage table.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 9

natural_image Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a card into the paper (no text or symbols)

2 If necessary, open the copy eject tray.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 10

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a component into a computer tower (no text or symbols)

3 Open the left cover.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 11

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a component into a computer tower (no text or symbols)

4 Remove the jammed paper without tearing it. * If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 12

natural_image Line drawing of a computer monitor with an open rear panel and cable, showing internal components (no text or symbols)

NOTE

If the paper is difficult to remove at all, turn the green paper feed dial (shown as ① in the illustration). The misfed paper will be fed out to a location that makes it easier to remove.

Océ OP30C - NOTE - 1

text_image Diagram showing a hand operating a mechanical component with labeled parts and directional arrows indicating rotation or movement.

5 Close the left cover (and the copy eject tray if necessary).

⑥Misfeed in the Duplex Unit (Only in duplex copiers)

If "Paper misfeed. Open Duplex Unit Cover." ["PAPER MISFEED. OPEN COVER DUPLEX UNIT."] is displayed and the misfeed location indicator shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred in the Duplex Unit. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - ⑥Misfeed in the Duplex Unit (Only in duplex copiers) - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

1 Pull out the Duplex Unit.

Océ OP30C - Pull out the Duplex Unit. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand inserting a device into a rack, with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

2 Open the Duplex Unit cover (shown as ① in the illustration) and remove the jammed paper without tearing it.

* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - Open the Duplex Unit cover (shown as ① in the illustration) and remove the jammed paper without tearing it. - 1

text_image Diagram showing a printer printer with labeled parts and a numbered annotation indicating part 1

3 Open the reversing section cover (shown as ② in the illustration) and remove the jammed paper without tearing it. \* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier.

Océ OP30C - Open the reversing section cover (shown as ② in the illustration) and remove the jammed paper without tearing it. \* If the paper does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the copier. - 1

natural_image Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

4 Close all open covers and replace the Duplex Unit in its original position in the copier.

⑦Misfeed in the optional SRDF

If "Misfeed in feeder. Remove original(s)." is displayed and the misfeed location indicator shown in the illustration lights, an original has misfed in the SRDF. In this case, the original set indicator will flash red. Perform the following procedure to remove the jammed original.

Océ OP30C - ⑦Misfeed in the optional SRDF - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

1 Remove all of the originals remaining in the original table.

Océ OP30C - ⑦Misfeed in the optional SRDF - 2

text_image Diagram showing a hand printing a document labeled 'A' onto a printer, with an arrow indicating the process.

2 Remove all of the originals that have been ejected onto the original eject table.

Océ OP30C - ⑦Misfeed in the optional SRDF - 3

natural_image Illustration of hands operating a printer with an open lid and directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

3 Open the left cover to the SRDF.

* Be sure to hold the handle in the middle of the cover when opening it.

Océ OP30C - Open the left cover to the SRDF. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a printer being inserted into a paper airplane, showing the printer's handle and mode (no text or symbols present)

4 Remove the jammed original without tearing it.

* If the original does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the SRDF.

Océ OP30C - Remove the jammed original without tearing it. - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a paper into the cover (no text or symbols)

5 Open the paper conveyor cover (shown as ① in the illustration).

Océ OP30C - Remove the jammed original without tearing it. - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a printer's internal structure with a hand inserting a slot into the paper (no text or symbols)

6

If there are any originals there, remove the jammed original without tearing it.

* If the original does happen to tear, remove any loose scraps from inside the SRDF.
* If the original is difficult to remove at all, turn the green original feed dial (shown as ② in the illustration). The misfed original will be fed out to a location that makes it easier to remove.

Océ OP30C - 6 - 1

text_image Technical diagram showing a hand operating a mechanical component with labeled parts and directional arrow

7

Close the paper cover.

8

Close the left cover. The original set indicator should go out. Reset the originals and start copying again.

* Be sure to hold the handle in the middle of the cover when closing it.

⑧Misfeed in the optional Document Finisher

If either of the misfeed location indicators shown in the illustration lights, a misfeed has occurred in the Document Finisher. Refer to the Operation Guide for the Document Finisher and remove the jammed paper.

Océ OP30C - ⑧Misfeed in the optional Document Finisher - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a mechanical device with no text or symbols

3. If other trouble occurs

If trouble occurs with your copier, carry out the applicable checkpoints and procedures indicated on the following pages.

If the trouble persists, contact your service representative or authorized service center.

TroubleCheckpointProcedureReference page
Nothing lights on the operation panel when the main switch is turned ON.Is the power plug connected to an AC outlet?Connect the plug to an AC outlet.
No copies come out when the Start key is pressed.Is there an error message in the message display?Check the appropriate response to that message, and perform the corresponding procedure.9-1
The copies come out blank.Were the originals set correctly?When setting originals on the platen, set them face-down and align them with original size indicators.When setting originals in the optional DF, set them face-up.4-18-2
The copies come out too light.Is the copier in the auto exposure mode?In order to adjust the overall exposure level, perform the “Auto exposure adjustment” procedure.7-17
Is the copier in the manual exposure mode?Adjust the exposure to the correct level using the copy exposure adjustment keys.4-3
To adjust the overall exposure, change the default value for manual exposure in each image quality mode.7-187-19
Is a message that tells you to add toner displayed?Replace the corresponding toner containers.3-8
Is the copy paper wet?Replace the copy paper with new paper.3-1
The copies come out too dark.Is the copier in the auto exposure mode?In order to adjust the overall exposure level, perform the “Auto exposure adjustment” procedure.7-17
Is the copier in the manual exposure mode?Adjust the exposure to the correct level using the copy exposure adjustment keys.4-3
To adjust the overall exposure, change the default value for manual exposure in each image quality mode.7-187-19
A moiré pattern (the phenomenon where the dots do not appear to be lined up properly but seem to be grouped together in patterns) appears on the copies.Is the original that you are copying a printed photograph?Change the image quality setting to the printed photo mode.4-3
The color of the originals and the copies seem different.Are the color adjustment settings correct?Press the Color Edit key and perform the appropriate color adjustment.5-25-35-45-55-7
Perform the auto color adjustment procedure.7-22
The copies are not clear.Did you select an image quality mode that was appropriate to the original being copied?Select an appropriate image quality mode.4-3
The copies are dirty.Is the platen or the original cover dirty?Clean the platen and/or the original cover.10-1
The copies are blurred or faded.Is the copier being used in an environment of high humidity?Perform the drum refresh procedure.7-23
The copy image is skewed.Were the originals set correctly?When setting originals on the platen, align them securely with appropriate original size indicators.When setting originals in the optional DF, align the original insert guides securely before setting the originals.4-18-2
Was the paper set correctly?Set paper securely against the guide plates.3-1
Paper jams occur often.Is the copy paper loaded properly in the drawer?Load the paper properly.3-1
Depending upon the type and condition of the copy paper, finished copies can curl and may be the cause of paper jams. Remove the paper from the drawer, turn it over, and set it in the drawer again.
Is the copy paper curled, folded over or wrinkled?Replace the copy paper with new paper.3-1
Is there any jammed paper or loose scraps of paper remaining inside the copier?Carry out the appropriate procedure to remove the paper.9-4
Does the size of the paper actually set in the multi-bypass match the size you selected in the message display?Make sure the size of the paper set in the multi-bypass matches the size you select in the message display.3-4
Black lines appear on copies when copying from the optional DF.Is the slit glass dirty?Clean the slit glass.10-1

Section 10 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION INFORMATION

1. Cleaning the copier

Océ OP30C - Cleaning the copier - 1

CAUTION

For safety purposes, ALWAYS remove the power plug from the outlet when performing cleaning operations.

● Cleaning the original cover

Lift open the original cover. Wipe the back side of the original cover with a soft cloth dampened with alcohol or mild detergent.

* Never use thinner or other organic solvents to clean the original cover.

Océ OP30C - ● Cleaning the original cover - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand cleaning or applying material on an open board (no text or symbols)

● Cleaning the platen

Lift open the original cover. Wipe the platen with a soft cloth dampened with alcohol or mild detergent.

* Never use thinner or other organic solvents to clean the platen.

Océ OP30C - ● Cleaning the platen - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a hand cleaning a printer with a cloth (no text or symbols)

* If copies appear soiled, such as black lines appearing on the copy image, while using the optional DF, the slit glass a is dirty.

Wipe the slit glass ⓐ with the soft cloth dampened with alcohol or mild detergent.

Océ OP30C - ● Cleaning the platen - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a hand cleaning a printer's lid (no text or symbols)

* See "3. Cleaning the charger" on page 3-11 for the procedure to clean the interior portion of the copier.

2. Specifications

TypeDesktop
Original tableFixed type
Copying systemIndirect electrostatic, internal transference drum
Acceptable originalsSheets of paper, books and 3-dimensional objects (Maximum size: 11" x 17" [A3])
Copy sizes5 1/2" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 11", 11" x 8 1/2", 8 1/2" x 14", 11" x 17" and 12" x 18" [A6R, B6R, A5R, B5, A4R, A4, B4, A3, A3 wide (305 mm x 457 mm) and Folio]Print margin loss: 0.5 mm – 5.5 mm
Copying speedFull color: 8 copies/min., Monochrome or monocolor: 30 copies/min.During 2-sided (duplex) copying – Full color: 4 copies/min.,Monochrome or monocolor: 6 copies/min.
Warm-up timeWithin 300 secs. (at room temperature of 68°F/20°C, humidity 65%RH)
First copy speedFull color: Approx. 24 secs.Monochrome or monocolor: Approx. 10.8 secs.
Available magnification ratiosAny 1% increment between 25% and 400% or standard pre-set ratios
MemoryStandard copiers: 128 MB of Bitmapping memoryDuplex copiers: 256 MB of Bitmapping memory and 10 GB of image storage memory
ResolutionReading: 600 x 600 dpiWriting: 600 x 600 dpi
Paper feed systemAutomatic feeding from drawers (Standard copiers: 2 drawers, Duplex copiers: 1 drawer; each with a 500 sheet capacity [75 g/m2 – 90g/m2]) or manual feed from the multi-bypass tray (150 sheet capacity [75 g/m2 – 90g/m2])
Acceptable copy paperDrawers and Duplex Unit: Standard copy paper (75 g/m2 – 90g/m2)Multi-bypass tray: Standard copy paper (60 g/m2 – 220 g/m2), special paper (Color paper, OHP transparencies, etc.) and envelopes [only available when the optional printer functions are used]
Continuous copying1 – 999 sheets
Light sourceRare gas lamp
Developing systemDry dual-element process
Fixing systemHeat roller
Cleaning systemBlade and fur brush
Photoconductora-Si (amorphous silicon)
Standard functions and modesSelf-diagnosis function, preheat function, auto exposure adjustment function, original size detection function, auto paper selection mode, original mode, mono-color mode, auto color selection adjustment function, color adjustment functions, auto magnification selection mode, zoom mode, preset zoom mode, XY zoom mode, interrupt copying, 2-sided copy modes-1, page separation modes, margin mode-2, border erase modes-2, invert mode, mirror image mode, print page numbers mode-2, transparency + backing sheet mode-2, presentation mode-2, insert sheet modes-2, layout modes-2, booklet mode (sheet originals)-1, booklet mode (book originals)-1, BW/Selection mode-2, poster mode-2, filing mode-2, program function, recall function, sort mode-2, copy management function-2, language selection function*1: Only available in duplex copiers*2: Requires the optional Memory Copy Board in standard copiers
Power source120V AC, 60 Hz, 12 A220V – 240V AC, 50/60 Hz, 6.5 A (Max)
Power consumptionMaximum rated power consumption 1440 W
Dimensions (W) x (D) x (H)23 1/4" x 23" x 33 9/16"590 mm x 585 mm x 853 mm
WeightApprox. 253 lbs. / Approx. 115 kg (Standard copier with the optional Paper Feeder installed)
Noise emission≤ 70 dB(A)
Required space (W) x (D)50 11/16" x 23"1288 mm x 585 mm
Optional equipmentSRDF (Sheet-thru Reverse Document Feeder), Paper Feeder, Document Finisher, Memory Copy Board*, Key Counter, Printer Kit,Fax Kit (only available in inch specification copiers) and Network Scanner Kit*: Standard equipment in duplex copiers

(Specifications are subject to change without notice.)

3. Installing the optional equipment

This section shows where to install the optional units for this copier. For more details, refer to the Operation Guide for the corresponding optional unit.

●Available optional units

The following optional units can be installed on your copier.

Océ OP30C - ●Available optional units - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["SRDF (Sheet-thru Reverse Document feeder)"] --> B["Original Cover Key Counter"]
    C["Document Finisher"] --> B
    D["Paper Feeder"] --> B
    E["Printer Kit"] --> B
    F["Network Scanner Kit"] --> B
    G["Memory Copy Board"] --> B
    H["Fax Kit"] --> B
    I["• Inch specifications • Metric specifications"] --> B

SRDF (Sheet-thru Reverse Document Feeder)

Automatically feeds and scans multiple sheet-originals one by one. Two-sided originals are automatically turned over so that both sides can be scanned and copied.

Original Cover

Open/close this cover when you are setting the original on the platen.

Paper Feeder

The Paper Feeder (two 250-sheet capacity drawers) can be used in addition to the standard drawers. Paper is loaded in these drawers in the same manner as with the included drawers. This Paper Feeder includes casters that are attached to its bottom.

Document Finisher

The Document Finisher stores a large quantity of copies and can sort multiple copy sets by shifting their position of ejection. It can also staple and punch the sorted copy sets.

Memory Copy Board

The Memory Copy Board is required in order to use the various modes and functions (Margin mode, Border erase modes, Print page numbers mode, Transparency + backing sheet mode, Presentation mode, Insert sheet modes, Layout modes, Color/BW selection mode, Poster mode, Filing mode, Sort mode, Rotate copy function, Copy management function) of your copier.

* The Memory Copy Board is standard in duplex copiers.

Key Counter

The Key Counter is used for checking copier use and is convenient for centralized management of the number of copies made by each department as well as the total number of copies made overall on the machine.

Printer Kit

If the Printer Kit is installed in your copier, you can use the copier as a printer.

Fax Kit (only available in inch specification copiers)

If the Fax Kit is installed in your copier, you can use the copier as a facsimile.

Network Scanner Kit

If the Network Scanner Kit is installed in your copier, you can use the copier as a scanner from multiple computers over your network.

This copier contains many different functions and settings, and many of them can be used in combination for more efficient copying. Refer to the following chart for details on combining specific functions and settings.

○: Combination is possible

X: Combination is NOT possible

: Combination is NOT possible (the function selected first will be cleared and the second function will be set.)

O ^1 : Combination is possible but acceptable copy sizes will be limited.

O²: Combination is NOT possible if originals are set in the DF.

▲: The second function is a setting selected from within the first function selected.
- Registration as a program is possible. When copying with a program, the function selected first will be cleared and the copying will be carried out using the programmed settings.
*: The corresponding option must be installed in order to use this function.

*1: It is only possible to alternately set originals on the platen and in the DF alternately when using the filing mode.
*2: The optional Duplex Unit is required in order to make duplex (2-sided) copies.
*3: Only available in duplex copiers.

2-sided copy modesPage separation modesInsert sheet modesCopying onto transparecites (transparency mode)Transparency + backing sheet modePresentation modeCopying onto thick paper (thick paper mode)Layout modesAuto Selection modeFiling modeSort modeHole punchStaple-sortMargin modeBorder erase modesCustom erase modeInvert modeMirror image modeXY zoom modeMono-color modePrint page numbers modeBW/Selection modePoster modeBooklet modeFunction selected second / Function selected first
Duplex (2-sided) copies from a 2-sided originalRotate back side imageDulter (2-sided) copies from a 2-sided originalPage separation from book originalsCover modeSeparation insert modePage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separationfrom book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPage separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book originalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrice separation from book OriginalsPrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers ModePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbersModePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbersmodePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modePrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers ModePrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers ModesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersModePrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers MODEPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersMODEPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersmodesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersModesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numberscyclesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers模式Print page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersaciesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersyclesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersweeksPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numberscodesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers codesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers citiesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numberscitiesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers个城市Print page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersrmsPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbersmolesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers molesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbers modesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numberxtimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint pagenumbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page numbertimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint pagenotimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page nonetimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page nontimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page ntimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page notimesPrint page one times to 10000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000

Laser Safety

Laser radiation could be hazardous to the human body. For this reason, laser radiation emitted inside this machine is hermetically sealed within the protective housing and external cover. In the normal operation of the product by user, no radiation can leak from the machine.

This machine is classified as Class 1 laser product under IEC 60825.

CAUTION

Performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

This label is attached to the laser scanner unit inside the machine and is not in a user access area.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 1

The labels shown below are attached on the right side of the machine.

Océ OP30C - CAUTION - 2

text_image CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT KLASSE 1 LASER PRODUKT

CAUTION!

The power plug is the main isolation device! Other switches on the equipment are only functional switches and are not suitable for isolating the equipment from the power source.

VORSICHT!

This is Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

* The above warning is valid only in Australia and New Zealand.

Océ OP30C - VORSICHT! - 1

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

TO

89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC and 93/68/EEC

We declare under our sole responsibility that the product to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following specifications.

Limits and methods of measurement for immunity characteristics of information technology equipment

EN55024

Limits and methods of measurement for radio interference characteristics of information technology equipment

EN55022 Class B

Limits for harmonic currents emissions for equipment input current ≤ 16A per phase EN61000-3-2

Limitation of voltage fluctuations and flicker in low-voltage supply systems for equipment with rated current ≤ 16A EN61000-3-3

Safety of information technology equipment, including electrical equipment

EN60950

Radiation Safety of laser products, equipment classification, requirements and user's guide

EN60825-1

* For best copy results and machine performance, we recommend that you use only KYOCERA MITA original supplies for your KYOCERA MITA copier.

Océ OP30C - DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY - 1

text_image OL-82 OIL KIT PCIM Toner YELLOW Toner BLACK Toner MAGENTA Toner CYAN Toner BLACK Toner MAGENTA Toner CYAN Toner BLACK Toner MAGENTA Toner BLACK Toner MAGENTA Toner BLACK Toner MAGENTA Toner BLACK Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA Toner MAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TonerMAGENTA TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCERB TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCOR CHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM TCORCHYAM

Océ OP30C - DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY - 2

text_image QUALITY CERTIFICATE

KYOCERA MITA EUROPE B.V.

UNIT 3, "Kyalami Crescent,"

Kyalami Business Park,

1685 Midrand, South Africa

Phone: (11) 466-3290

KYOCERA MITA

AMERICA, INC.

Headquarters:

225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008,

Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008,

U.S.A.

Phone: (973) 808-8444

KYOCERA MITA AUSTRALIA PTY.

LTD.

Level 3, 6-10 Talavera Road, North Ryde,

N.S.W. 2113 Australia

Phone: (02) 9888-9999

KYOCERA MITA NEW ZEALAND LTD.

1-3 Parkhead Place,

Albany, Auckland,

New Zealand

Phone: (09) 415-4517

KYOCERA MITA (THAILAND) CORP.,

LTD.

9/209 Ratchada-Prachachem Road,

Bang Sue, Bangkok 10800, Thailand

Phone: (02) 586-0320

KYOCERA MITA SINGAPORE

PTE LTD.

121 Genting Lane, 3rd Level,

Singapore 349572

Phone: (65) 7418733

KYOCERA MITA HONG KONG

LIMITED

11/F., Mita Centre,

552-566, Castle Peak Road,

Tsuen Wan, New Territories,

Hong Kong

Phone: (852) 24297422

KYOCERA MITA

CORPORATION

2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku

Osaka 540-8585, Japan

Phone: (06) 6764-3555

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : Océ

Model : OP30C

Category : Printer